Westpac Banking Corporation logo

Westpac 1H18 Presentation and Investor Discussion Pack

Half Year Results7 May 2018WBCFinancials

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

2018

Interim

Results

For the six months ended 31 March 2018

Presentation and

Investor Discussion Pack

Westpac Banking Corporation | ABN 33 007 457 141

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Westpac 2018 Interim Results index

2018 Interim Result Presentation

3

Investor Discussion Pack of 2018 Interim Result

28

Strategy

29

Overview

Performance discipline

Service leadership

Workforce revolution

Digital transformation

Sustainable futures

35

38

40

42

43

50

Earnings drivers

Revenue

Expenses

Impairment charges

53

54

59

61

Credit quality

62

Capital, Funding and Liquidity

84

Divisional results

Consumer Bank

Business Bank

BT Financial Group

Westpac Institutional Bank

Westpac New Zealand

95

96

99

102

106

109

Economics

115

Appendix and Disclaimer

130

Contact us

138

Disclaimer

139

Image on front


The Westpac Rescue Helicopter

Service in action


Image on right


Westpac head office, 275 Kent Street,

Sydney



Westpac Banking Corporation | ABN 33 007 457 141
Brian Hartzer

Chief Executive Officer

Financial results based on cash earnings unless otherwise stated

Refer page 36 for definition. Results principally cover the 1H18, 2H17 and 1H17 periods

Comparison of 1H18 versus 2H17 (unless otherwise stated)

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Consistency delivers

•Cash earnings up 5% on 2H17 and 6% on 1H17

•Operating divisions performing well – all increased core earnings

•Maintained discipline – prioritised return over growth

•Increasing traction on efficiency

•Continuing to build long-term franchise value

•Well positioned for the changing landscape

•Remain positive on the economic outlook



4

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Headline results

1 Cash EPS is cash earnings divided by the weighted average ordinary shares. 2 Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio on an APRA Basel III basis. 3 Return on equity is cash earnings divided by average ordinary

equity. 4 Cash earnings basis. 5 Cents per share.


5

1H18

Change

1H18 – 2H17

Change

1H18 – 1H17

Reported net profit after tax $4,198m 3% 7%

Cash earnings $4,251m 5% 6%

Cash EPS

1

125.0c 4% 4%

Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio

2

10.5% (6bps) 53bps

Return on equity (ROE)

3

14.0% 37bps 1bp

Net tangible assets per share $15.00 2% 5%

Margin (excl. Treasury & Markets)

4

2.05% 3bps 9bps

Expense to income ratio

4

41.7% (91bps) (9bps)

Impairment charge to average loans 11bps - (4bps)

Interim dividend

5

(fully franked) 94c - -

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Data for 1H18 or at 31 March 2018 unless otherwise stated. 1 FY17 for detail see Westpac Group 2017 Sustainability Performance Report page 84. 2 Australia data only. 3 Excludes institutional lending.

Delivering for all stakeholders


Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

6

14.0m

Customers

Customers

Employees

39,574

Employees


Community

$164m

2017 Community

contribution

1

Environment

$8.5bn

Committed exposure

to climate change

and environmental

solutions

Economy

$1.9bn

Income tax

in 1H18


Supporting customers’

financial goals

2

•[text to come]



•[text to come]


Being there when it

matters most to customers

•126,000 new home loans

•$11bn in new lending to

businesses

3

•Paid $200m in Life insurance

claims

•Paid $125m in General

insurance claims


•Helped 19,473 customers with

financial assistance packages

•65 relief packages for customers

impacted by natural disasters

•Further roll out of dementia-

friendly banking

•Westpac SmartPlan launched –

online tool to help manage credit

card balances




Global banking leader in the Dow Jones Sustainability Index in 2017, the fourth year in a row

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Core earnings up across operating divisions

7

Division

1H18-2H17

(% earnings change)

Comments 1H18 – 2H17

Cash Core

Consumer Bank 6 3

•Disciplined growth, improved margins, flat costs, lower

impairments

Business Bank 3 3

•Lending up 2% with growth across SME and commercial

•Improved margins; Impairments little changed

BT Financial

Group

13 13

•Private Wealth, higher insurance premiums and non

repeat of customer refunds and payments

•Partly offset by higher seasonal weather claims

Westpac

Institutional Bank

4 1

•Relatively flat outcome across key earnings line items

•Higher impairment benefit led to lift in cash earnings

New Zealand

(NZ$)

(5) 3

•Sound growth across mortgages and business, strong

deposit growth, margins higher, costs lower

•Impairments moved from a benefit to a small charge

contributing to the decline in cash earnings

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Balance sheet remains strong

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Liquidity ratios

1

(%)

Australian mortgage delinquencies (%)

Common equity Tier 1 (ratio % and $bn)

Stressed exposures to total committed exposure (%)

8

3.20

2.48

2.17

1.60

1.24

0.99

1.20

1.14

1.05

1.09

Sep-10Sep-11Sep-12Sep-13Sep-14Sep-15Sep-16

Mar-17

Sep-17

Mar-18

25

28

30

34

39

40

43

44

8.2

9.1

9.0

9.5

9.5

10.0

10.6

10.5

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

Sep-12Sep-13Sep-14Sep-15Sep-16

Mar-17

Sep-17

Mar-18

$bnRatio (%)

125

124

134

108

109

112

Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

LCRNSFR

0.0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

Mar-14Sep-14Mar-15Sep-15Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

90+ day past due total

90+ day past due investor

0.69

0.53

At Mar 18

1 LCR is Liquidity coverage ratio, NSFR is Net stable funding ratio.

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Managing growth and return

1 Margins excluding Treasury & Markets.

9

A more granular operating structure

1

Group

6

Divisions

27

Business

units

14%

ROE at the upper end of

13-14% range the Group is

seeking to achieve

0.9x

Australian system

mortgage growth

3bps

Margins

1

up from higher

deposit and loan spreads

$6bn

Additional capital

allocated to divisions

$186m

Capital released from BTFG

subsidiaries restructure

Enhanced discipline

and accountability

1H18 outcomes

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Increasing traction on efficiency

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

10

•Targeting a sub 40% cost to

income ratio

•Making progress on medium

term structural productivity

gains

Halved products for sale in

Consumer Bank to 60

Panorama installed –

migration to commence in

2019

Customer service hub –

Westpac mortgages go live

by end of year

1H15 –

1H18

1

1H18

Simplify operating models 389 69

Network efficiency/digitisation 251 30

Infrastructure, contracts and other 254 32

Total 894 131

Sources of productivity ($m)

1 Oct 14 – Mar 18.

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Employee engagement (Index)

69 79 10ppts

Reinventure commitment ($m)

50 100 2x

Women in Leadership

2

(%)

46 50 4ppts

Expense to income ratio (%)

41.6 41.7 13bps

Productivity savings ($m)

116 131 13%

Customers with e-statements (%)

28 45 17ppts

Customer numbers (#m)

13.2 14.0 +800k

Customer deposits ($bn)

442 502 14%

Digital sales

1

(% of total sales)

22 29 7ppts

CET1 capital ($bn)

38 44 16%

Impaired assets ($bn)

2.49 1.54 (40%)

NTA per share ($)

13.74 15.00 9%

Building long term franchise value

1 Digital sales is Consumer Bank only. Sales included if a deposit is completed or an account is activated. 2 Refer to slide 136 for metric definition.

Customer No.s

& relationship

depth


Drive efficiency

via digital


Highly engaged,

innovative culture

Strong

Balance sheet

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

11

1H16 1H18 Change

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Positioning for changing landscape

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

12

•Reinventure

•AI, robotic process

automation

•Open data & CCR

1

•New payments channels

•Customer insights

•Customer service hub

•Big data platform

•Panorama

•Hybrid cloud

•API platform

•Cyber and other upgrades

Upgrading

infrastructure

Harnessing

data

Innovating

for customers

•Presto Smart

2

•BT Super Invest

2


•Institutional loan portal

•Customer insight reporting

Culture &

Compliance

•Remuneration & “Motivate”

•BEAR – enhanced accountability

•Training & accreditation

•New banking code of practice

•Get it right – Put it right initiative

•Product reviews

•Flexible & agile working

1 Comprehensive credit reporting. 2 Presto Smart is a new system for linking merchant terminal with point of sale systems. BT Super Invest a new flexible superannuation product that gives customers choice in how

their funds are invested.

Westpac Banking Corporation | ABN 33 007 457 141
Peter King

Chief Financial Officer

Financial results based on cash earnings unless otherwise stated

Refer page 36 for definition. Results principally cover the 1H18, 2H17 and 1H17 periods

Comparison of 1H18 versus 2H17 (unless otherwise stated)

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Results at a glance

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 CVA is credit valuation adjustment.

4,045

4,251

169

278

(91)

(50)

(33)

(67)

2H17

Customer refunds/

payments (non repeat)

Bank Levy

All other income

Expenses

Impairment

charges

Tax & non-controlling

interests

1H18

Revenue up 3%

2H16 1H17 2H17 1H18

Asset sales (4) 4 - (7)

Performance fees/

fund manager revaluations

22 - (3) -

Group CVA

1

3 15 20 (1)

Provision for customer

refunds/payments

- - (118) -

Total cash earnings

impact

21 19 (101) (8)

Bank Levy - (pre tax)

- (post tax)

-

-

-

-

(95)

(66)

(186)

(130)

14

Infrequent/volatile items ($m after tax) Cash earnings movements ($m)

Up 5%

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Australian mortgage growth 2%

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 I/O is interest only mortgage lending. P&I is principal and interest mortgage lending.

50

46

40

45

49

56

5

5

4

1H172H171H18

Line of credit

P&I¹

I/O¹

3,004

3,447

3,911

3,623

4,261

7,913

4,717

4,045

3Q174Q171Q182Q18

Reached end of I/O periodCustomer initiated

1H17 2H17 1H18

New lending 37.0 40.4 38.4

Run-off (27.3) (27.2) (28.3)

Net flows 9.7 13.2 10.1

Mortgage offset accounts

(balance growth hoh)

4%

4% 3%

Mortgage portfolio ($bn)

Switching from I/O to P&I


($m)

15

414 427 437

3% 2%

Australian mortgage portfolio growth ($bn)

and mix (%)

Portfolio $bn

Mix of portfolio (%)

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Margins ex Treasury & Markets up 3bps

Net interest margin movement (% and bps)

16

3 month interest rates

2

(%) Term deposit portfolio costs over benchmark

1

(%)

1 Benchmark is based on market rates with terms consistent with the duration of the term deposits. 2 Source: Bloomberg.

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

NIM excl. Treasury & Markets

Treasury & Markets impact on NIM

1.96

2.02

2.05

0.11

0.08

4bps

0.12

2.07

2.10

2bps

1bp

1bp (2bps)

0bp

1bp

2.17

1H172H17LoansCustomer

deposits

Term w'sale

funding

Bank LevyCapital &

other

LiquidityTreasury &

Markets

1H18

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

Sep-12

Mar-13

Sep-13

Mar-14

Sep-14

Mar-15

Sep-15

Mar-16

Sep-16

Mar-17

Sep-17

Mar-18

1.1

1.3

1.5

1.7

1.9

2.1

2.3

2.5

Sep-17

Oct-17

Nov-17Dec-17

Jan-18

Feb-18

Mar-18

Apr-18

USD LIBOR

BBSW

Up 3bps

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Non-interest income

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Non-interest income ($m)

17

1,426

1,329

1,348

886

924

929

756

531

573

3,068

2,784

2,850

1H172H171H181H172H171H181H172H171H181H172H171H18

Total

Up 2%

Up 1%

Fees &

Commission

Wealth and

Insurance

Trading

and Other

Total

Up 1%

Up 8%

1H18 - 2H17 drivers

Non-repeat of customer refunds/

payments and fund revaluations

Non-repeat of customer

refunds/payments

Lower ATM, transaction

and cards interchange fees

Markets income and

NZ hedge impact

Credit Valuation

Adjustment

Higher general insurance

claims, lower performance fees

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Expenses well managed

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

4,604

4,654

125

34

22

(131)

2H17

Ongoing

expenses

Productivity

Regulatory/

compliance

Royal

Commission

Investment

1H18

Up 1%


$m %

Consumer Bank

3 flat

Business Bank

9 1%

BT Financial Group

(9) (1%)

Westpac Institutional Bank

(5) (1%)

New Zealand (in NZ$)

(7) (1%)

Group Businesses

(includes Royal Commission costs)

65 large

18

Divisional expense growth 1H18 – 2H17 Movement in expenses ($m)

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Asset quality sound

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 TCE is total committed exposure.

0.67

0.62

0.58

0.44

0.27

0.20

0.22

0.20

0.15 0.15

0.46

0.41

0.35

0.31

0.26

0.25

0.33

0.35

0.34

0.37

2.07

1.45

1.24

0.85

0.71

0.54

0.65

0.59

0.56

0.57

3.20

2.48

2.17

1.60

1.24

0.99

1.20

1.14

1.05

1.09

Sep-10Sep-11Sep-12Sep-13Sep-14Sep-15Sep-16

Mar-17

Sep-17

Mar-18

Watchlist & substandard

90+ day past due and not impaired

Impaired

0.0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

1.6

1.8

2.0

Agriculture, forestry &

fishing

Wholesale &

retail trade

Property

Transport & storage

Services

Manufacturing

Construction

Property services &

business services

Accommodation, cafes

& restaurants

Other

Mining

Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

3 large names

downgraded to

stressed risk grades

19

Corporate/business stressed exposure by sector ($bn) Stressed assets as a % of TCE

1

2 large names

moved to watchlist

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Australian mortgages performing well

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Australian mortgage portfolio (year of origination)

Australian mortgage portfolio delinquencies (%)

Property in possession (number)

1 Including offset balances, excludes RAMS in 1H17 and 2H17. 2 Based on current loan application to gross income.

20

(% of total book)

0.0

1.0

2.0

3.0

Mar-14Sep-14Mar-15Sep-15Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

90+ day past due total90+ day past due investor

30+ day past due total

253

262

382

437

398

Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

Australian mortgage portfolio characteristics


5

2

2

3

4

4

4

5

7

10

14

17

18

5

Pre-2006

2006200720082009201020112012201320142015201620172018

2015 saw further tightening

of lending standards

Calendar year

30+ day delinquencies

144bps

90+ day delinquencies

69bps

Customers ahead of repayments

1


68%

Loan to income

2

>6 times

8%

Dynamic LVR (weighted average)

52%

Introduced new

hardship treatment

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Substantial equity backs pre 2015 originations

21

81

72

44

14

21

45

5

7

11

<20112011-20142015+

>80

60-80

<=60

Westpac interest rate floor (%)

6.80

(or buffer of 1.80%)

6.80

(or buffer of 1.80%)

7.25

(or buffer of 2.25%)

Average house price changes

3

At least 39% 21% - 39% 0 – 21%

1 Analysis based on a portfolio of residential mortgages. Some mortgages not included as they were originated on different systems and have some data differences i.e. RAMS, certain business mortgages (including construction) and SMSF loans.

2 Dynamic LVR is the loan-to-value ratio taking into account the current loan balance, changes in security value, offset account balances and other loan adjustments. Property valuation source Australian Property Monitors. 3 Changes in house

prices based on house price indexes (and average not separate valuations) Source: Westpac Economics, CoreLogic. All dwellings Australia - average 8 major capital cities. Prices to March 2018.

Dynamic LVR

bands (%)

Australian mortgage lending

1

by origination date and dynamic LVR

2

(%)

Newer loans written

with tighter standards

and higher interest

rate buffers

% of total portfolio

(Movement Sept 17 to Mar 18)

53

(up 12ppts)

26

(down 7ppts)

21

(down 5ppts)

Older loans benefit from

lower interest rates and

increases in property prices

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Impairment charge low at 11bps

1 Interest carrying adjustment is reported in net interest income and not in the impairment charge.

22

Total ($m) Collectively assessed provisions ($m) Individually assessed provisions ($m)

471


256


364


246


173


(174)


(173)


(228)


(228)


(167)


418


484


443


525


430


(48)


(110)


(86)


(183)


(43)


667


457


493


360


393


1H162H161H172H171H181H162H161H172H171H181H162H161H172H171H181H162H161H172H171H181H162H161H172H171H18

New IAPs

Write-backs

& recoveries

Write-offs

direct


Other movement

in Collective

provisions

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Interest carrying

adjustment ($m)

1

97 96 95 93 89

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Unquestionably strong capital

CET1 capital ratio (% and bps)

23

Accounting provisions and capital ($m) 2H18 developments

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

9.97

10.56

102

10.50

16.13

(70)

(8)

(5)

(22)

(2)

(1)

Mar-17

APRA

Sep-17

APRA

Cash earningsFinal dividend

(net of DRP)

Ordinary

RWA

growth

Other

movements

Regulatory

modelling

changes

FX translation

impact

Defined

benefit impact

Mar-18

APRA

Mar-18

Int. Comp.

Organic +19bps Other -25bps

•$566m in additional capital (14 bps) from conversion of

CPS

1

to 19.2m ordinary shares (April 18)

•Estimated impact of model changes

Operational risk – model overlay approximates

standardised approach, $7.5bn RWA (20bps)

Updates to mortgage PD

2

models, approx $4bn RWA

(10 bps)

471

2,694

4,696

Accounting

provision

Capital impact from

regulatory expected loss

IAP

4

CAP

3

•Applying AASB 9 from

1 October 2018

•Significant $1.5bn

buffer to absorb a rise

in provisions at

implementation

3,165

1 Convertible preference shares. 2 Probability of default. 3 Collectively assessed provisions. 4 Individually assessed provisions.

1,531

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Payout ratio down to 75.3%

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 In 1H18. 2 1H18 assumes DRP participation rate of 10%.

Dividend payout ratio (%)

Dividend considerations Dividends per ordinary share (cents)

24

90

92

93

94 94 94 94 94 94

1H142H141H152H151H162H161H172H171H18

•Sustainability of the payout ratio over

the medium term

•CET1 capital ratio = unquestionably strong

benchmark

•Surplus franking credits

•Bank Levy equivalent to 4 cents per share

1



74 74

77

74

80

80

79

79

75

74

65

49

64

72

72

51

71

68

1H142H141H152H151H162H161H172H171H18

Payout ratio (cash earnings basis)

Effective payout ratio (after DRP shares issued)

2

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Considerations for 2H18

•Remaining disciplined on growth/return

•Expect system lending growth to further moderate

•Margins: further mortgage switching and higher funding costs

•Hastings exit: small cash earnings impact, will lift revenue and expenses

•Targeting similar productivity savings as 1H18. Excluding Hastings impact,

expected cost growth for FY18 to be in the range of 2-3%

•Capital: $566m of CPS converted to equity, RWA model changes in 4Q18

•Asset quality expected to remain in good shape

25

Westpac Banking Corporation | ABN 33 007 457 141
Brian Hartzer

Chief Executive Officer

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Positive outlook

•Global growth trending higher despite some uncertainties

•Australia/NZ continue to generate low risk growth

Economic fundamentals sound

Opportunity for upside from investment

Orderly slow-down in housing likely to continue

Credit growth expected to moderate

•Scrutiny on sector likely to continue

•Westpac remains well positioned with good momentum on strategy

27

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Investor

Discussion Pack

Financial results based on cash earnings unless otherwise stated

Refer page 36 for definition. Results principally cover the 1H18, 2H17 and 1H17 periods

Comparison of 1H18 versus 2H17 (unless otherwise stated)

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours


Strategy

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Westpac Group at a glance: Australia’s First Bank

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 31 Mar 18 Source: S&P Capital IQ, based in US$. 2 Credit Suisse analysis of expense to income ratio of world’s largest banks Apr 18. 3 S&P Global Ratings, Moody’s Investors Service and Fitch Ratings respectively. S&P

Global Ratings has Westpac on a negative outlook, Moody’s Investor Services and Fitch Ratings have Westpac on a stable outlook. 4. Most sustainable bank globally in the 2017 Dow Jones Sustainability Index . 5 APRA

Banking Statistics, Mar 18 6 RBA Financial Aggregates, Mar 18. 7 RBNZ, Mar 18. 8 Strategic Insights Dec 17, All Master Funds Admin. 9 Cash earnings basis. 10 Based on share price at 29 Mar 18 of $28.62.

30

WBC

listed on

ASX & NZX

Strategy

•In its 201

st

year, Australia’s first bank and first company, opened 1817

•Australia’s 2nd largest bank and 21st largest bank in the world;

ranked by market capitalisation

1


•Well positioned across key markets with a service-led strategy

focused on customers

•Supporting consumers and businesses in Australia and New Zealand

and customers with ties to these markets

•Unique portfolio of brands providing a full range of financial services

including consumer, business and institutional banking, and

wealth administration

•One of the most efficient banks globally

2

•Consistent earnings profile over time

•Capital ratios are in the top quartile globally, with sound asset quality

•Credit ratings

3

AA- / Aa3 / AA-


•Leader in sustainability

4


Institutional

Bank

Westpac

New Zealand

Consumer

Bank

Pacific

Business

Bank

BT Financial

Group

Key statistics at 31 March 2018 Key financial data for First Half 2018

Reported net profit after tax


$4,198m

Cash earnings


$4,251m

Expense to income ratio

9

41.7%

Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio (APRA basis) 10.5%

Return on equity

9

14.0%

Total assets


$872bn

Market capitalisation

10

$97bn

Customers


14.0m

Australian household deposit market share

5

23%

Australian mortgage market share

6

23%

Australian business credit market share

6

19%

New Zealand deposit market share

7

19%

New Zealand consumer lending market share

7

19%

Australian wealth platforms market share

8

18%

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Progress on our strategic agenda

1 Refer page 136 for metric definition.

Strategy


Digital

Transformation

Targeted

Growth

Workforce

Revolution

Measures

Progress

1H18- 2H17

Cost growth

2-3% per annum and

expense to income

ratio below 40%

Stronger growth

in wealth and SME

Employee

engagement in top

quartile of high

performing norms,

women in leadership

1


50%

Expenses up 1%

Expense to income

ratio 41.7%

Funds flat

SME lending

up 2%

Women in

Leadership 50%

Employee

engagement

79%

Strategic

Priorities

Our

Vision:

To be one of the world’s great service companies,

helping our customers, communities and people to prosper and grow

Performance

Discipline

Seeking to achieve

13-14% ROE

(medium-term)

ROE 14.0%

Up 37bps

Service

Leadership

Grow customer base

and deepen

relationships

Customer numbers

up 1.2m since

October 2014

Customers with

a wealth product










Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

31

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

What sets Westpac apart

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Strong strategic position – consistent strategy

Sustainability leadership

1 Peer 1 and 2 are on continuing operations basis, Peer 3 excludes restructuring expenses. Peers based on 1H18 results.

•Strong asset quality with

lowest impaired assets of

peers

•Provision cover at upper end

of peers

•Balance sheet weighted to

mortgages

•Capital ratios at top end of

banks globally

•Write-off capitalised

software one third faster

than the peer average

•Only Australian Bank SEC

registered – Sarbanes Oxley

certification



•Australia’s first bank and first company, opened 1817

•First Australian bank to:

Sign Equator Principles 2003

Commit to 2 degree economy 2014

Public support of TCFD recommendations 2017

Foundation member of UNEP FI ‘s Principles for

responsible banking 2018

•Global banking leader in Dow Jones Sustainability Index

since 2002, sector leader 10 times, including 2017


Conservative balance sheet

32

Strategy

•No. 1 or 2 position across key markets – all divisions well

placed

•Unique portfolio of brands, reaching more customers

•Strong strategic position in wealth with a comparative

advantage in platforms

•No material non-core businesses

•Highly experienced executive team


0.35

0.45

0.28

0.22

Peer 1Peer 2Peer 3WBC

29.8

30.0

29.4

30.3

Peer 1Peer 2Peer 3WBC

3.3

4.8

6.5

3.2

Peer 1Peer 2Peer 3WBC

Impaired assets to gross loans

1

(%)

Capitalised software average

amortisation period

1

(years)

Effective tax rate

1

(%)

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Consistent performer over the long term

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Ordinary dividend yield (%)

Cash earnings per share (cents) Cash earnings ($bn)

33

Strategy

113.3

114.5

121.3

124.1

120.7

127.5

118.2

117.3

119.8

119.9

125.0

1H132H131H142H141H152H151H162H161H172H171H18

6.3

6.0

5.2

5.7

4.7

6.3

6.2

6.4

5.4

5.9

6.6

8.9

8.5

7.5

8.2

6.8

9.0

8.8

9.1

7.7

8.4

9.4

1H132H131H142H141H152H151H162H161H172H171H18

Ordinary yieldIncluding franking

4.7

5.9

6.3

6.6

7.1

7.6

7.8

7.8

8.1

4.3

FY09FY10FY11FY12FY13FY14FY15FY16FY171H18

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Rebuilding trust

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Australian Banking Association.

1.Reviewing product sales and commissions

Sales incentives removed for tellers

Removed product sales targets for personal

bankers

2.Making it easier for customers when things go

wrong

Customer advocate appointed (Nov 16)

Prioritising long-dated complaints

Updated customer remediation policy and

governance

3.Reaffirming support for whistleblowers

Revised whistleblowing policy (Mar 17)

4.Removing individuals from the industry for

poor conduct

Implemented Conduct Background Checking

Protocol

5.Strengthen commitment to customers in the

Banking Code of Practice

Revised Banking Code of Practice submitted

to ASIC for approval in Dec 17

Committed to implementing within 12 months

of approval

6.Supporting ASIC as a strong regulator

New funding model in place


Completed ABA

1

six point plan

34

•Dedicated initiative to identify where we may not

have got it right and where problems are

identified we are committed to fixing them

•Empowering employees to fix issues directly

•Progressing a number of programs to improve

products, policies, procedures and practices for

customers

•Reviewed 320 products, changed over 150

products

Simplified and lowered transaction fees for

1.3m personal transaction accounts

Introduced simplified mortgage package

product

Expanded the BT Approved Product List to

provide wider choice

New, shorter, plain-English loan documents

and strengthened protections under small

business contracts to make them more

favourable for customers

Reduced FX fees for online payments

•Provision of $169m for customer refunds and

payments in 2H17 where prior practices were not

in line with current community standards



Get it Right. Put it Right

•Helping customers manage their finances

Ability to reduce credit card limit online

Enabling alerts via SMS or email 5 days

before monthly credit card repayment is due

Ability to restrict debit transactions on credit

cards

Introduced Westpac SmartPlan, a structured

repayment plan, enabling customers to break

down large items on their credit card into

regular monthly instalments

Westpac Lite a “no frills” credit card

•Helping customers develop savings habits

New accounts - Westpac Bump & Westpac

Life to improve savings habits

•Helping customers in times of need

19,473 customers supported with financial

assistance packages

Dementia-Friendly Banking program in

partnership with Alzheimer’s Australia

Fraud guarantee; monitor fraud and fix it when

retail customers lose money through no fault

of their own (Mar 18)

Committed $1m to establishment of a Debt

Repayment Service to assist customers with

multiple creditors



Delivering for customers

Strategy

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours


Overview

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Cash earnings and reported net profit reconciliation

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Cash earnings is not a measure of cash flow or net profit determined on a cash accounting basis, as it includes non-cash items reflected in net profit determined in accordance with AAS (Australian Accounting

Standards). The specific adjustments outlined include both cash and non-cash items. Cash earnings is reported net profit adjusted for material items to ensure they appropriately reflect profits available to ordinary

shareholders. All adjustments shown are after tax. For further details refer to page 131.


36

Results

Reported net profit and cash

earnings adjustments ($m)

2H17 1H18

Reported net profit 4,083 4,198

Amortisation of intangible assets 64 17

Fair value (gain)/

loss on economic hedges


62 37

Ineffective hedges 20 9

Partial sale of BTIM (171) -

Treasury shares (13) (10)

Cash earnings 4,045 4,251

•Westpac Group uses a measure of performance referred to as cash earnings to assess financial

performance at both a Group and divisional level

•This measure has been used in the Australian banking market for over 15 years and management

believes it is the most effective way to assess performance for the current period against prior periods

and to compare performance across divisions and across peer companies

•To calculate cash earnings, reported net profit is adjusted for:

Material items that key decision makers at Westpac Group believe do not reflect ongoing

operations

Items that are not considered when dividends are recommended, such as the amortisation of

intangibles, impact of treasury shares and economic hedging impacts

Accounting reclassifications between individual line items that do not impact reported results



Reported net profit and cash earnings

($bn)

1H18

($m)

% chg

1H18-

2H17

% chg

1H18-

1H17

Cash earnings 4,251 5% 6%

Cash EPS (cents) 125.0 4% 4%

Reported net profit 4,198 3% 7%

3.6

4.4

3.7

3.7

3.9

4.1

4.2

3.8

4.0

3.9

3.9

4.0

4.0

4.3

1H152H151H162H161H172H171H18

Reported profitCash earnings

Cash earnings

1

policy

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1H18 financial snapshot

1 All measures on a cash earnings basis. 2 Total liquid assets represent cash, interbank deposits and assets eligible for existing repurchase agreements with a central bank.

37

Results

1H18

Change

1H18 – 2H17

Change

1H18 – 1H17

Earnings

1

Earnings per share (cents) 125.0 4% 4%

Core earnings ($m) 6,497 5% 4%

Cash earnings ($m) 4,251 5% 6%

Return on equity


(%) 14.0 37bps 1bp

Dividend (cents per share) 94 - -

Expense to income ratio


(%) 41.7 (91bps) (9bps)

Net interest margin


(%) 2.17 7bps 10bps

Credit quality

Impairment charges to average gross loans

(bps)

11 - (4bps)

Impaired assets to gross loans (bps) 22 - (8bps)

Impaired provisions to impaired assets (%) 45.5 (76bps) (653bps)

1H18

Change

1H18 – 2H17

Change

1H18 – 1H17

Balance sheet

Total assets ($bn) 871.9 2% 4%

Common equity Tier 1

(CET1) capital ratio (APRA basis) (%)

10.50 (6bps) 53bps

CET1 capital ratio

(Internationally comparable) (%)

16.13 (7bps) 79bps

CET1 capital ($bn) 43.6 2% 8%

Risk weighted assets ($bn) 415.7 3% 3%

Loans ($bn) 701.4 2% 5%

Customer deposits ($bn) 502.1 3% 5%

Net tangible assets per share ($) 15.00 2% 5%

Funding and liquidity

Customer deposit to loan ratio (%) 71.6 52bps (19bps)

Net stable funding ratio (%) 112 3ppts 4ppts

Liquidity coverage ratio (%) 134 10ppts 9ppts


Total liquid assets

2

($bn) 147.6 7% 7%

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Cash earnings up 6% over the year and 5% on prior half

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Average interest-earning assets.

Cash earnings features of 1H18 – 2H17 ($m)

Cash earnings features of 1H18 – 1H17 ($m)

38

Performance discipline

1H18

($m)

% chg

1H18-

2H17

% chg

1H18 -

1H17

Net interest

income


8,301 4 8

Non-interest

income

2,850 2 (7)

Expenses (4,654) 1 3

Core earnings 6,497 5 4

Impairment

charges

(393) 9 (20)

Tax and non-

controlling

interests

(1,853) 4 6

Cash earnings


4,251 5 6

Reported net

profit

4,198 3 7

4,045

290

66

4,251

(50)

(33)

(67)

2H17Net interest

income

Non-interest

income

ExpensesImpairment

charges

Tax & NCI1H18

Up 5%

AIEA

1

up 1%,

margins up 7bps

Lower

write-backs

Non-repeat of customer refunds and payments in

2H17, offset by lower fees from removing certain

ATM and transaction fees, lower credit card fees

and higher insurance claims

Higher investment and regulatory and compliance costs

including costs associated with the Royal Commission

4,017

608

100

4,251

(218)

(153)

(103)

1H17Net interest

income

Non-interest

income

ExpensesImpairment

charges

Tax & NCI1H18

Up 6%

AIEA up 3%,

margins up 10bps

Lower financial markets income after a

strong 1H17, lower fees from removing

certain ATM and transaction fees, partly

offset by higher insurance income

Lower individually assessed

provisions partly offset by

lower write-backs

Higher investment and regulatory and compliance costs

including costs associated with the Royal Commission

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

All divisions contributing to core earnings growth

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Refer to division definitions, page 134. 2 In A$. 3 Other is Group Businesses (including Treasury).

39

Performance discipline

1H18 ($m) CB BB BTFG WIB NZ

2

Other

3

Group

Operating income 4,417 2,610 1,183 1,424 1,067 450 11,151

Expenses (1,730) (930) (601) (675) (429) (289) (4,654)

Core earnings 2,687 1,680 582 749 638 161 6,497

Impairment (charges)/benefits (233) (137) (3) 17 (24) (13) (393)

Tax & non-controlling interests (737) (463) (175) (215) (173) (90) (1,853)

Cash earnings 1,717 1,080 404 551 441 58 4,251

% of Group cash earnings


40 26 10 13 10 1

Up 5%

2 3

1H18 divisional

1

core earnings movements ($m)


1H18 divisional

1

cash earnings movements ($m)


4,045

93

35

47

21

50 4,251

(40)

2H17CBBBBTFGWIBNZOther1H18

Up 5%

3 2

6,191

6,497

73

42

68

8

7

108

2H17CBBBBTFGWIBNZOther1H18

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

More customers, deeper relationships and strengthening of the

balance sheet

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Australian banking refers to Consumer Bank and Business Bank. 2 Other includes BTFG and WIB. 3 Australian retail refers to Consumer Bank, Business Bank and Private Wealth. 4 In A$. 5 Refer to page 137 for

details of metric provider.

Grow customers

40

Deepen relationships Strengthened balance sheet

13.1

13.2

13.7

14.0

Mar-15Mar-16Mar-17Mar-18

Customer numbers (#m)

Australian bankingNew ZealandOther

24

27

28

30

38

40

44

7.7

8.7

8.8

8.8

10.5

10.0

10.5

Mar-12Mar-13Mar-14Mar-15Mar-16Mar-17Mar-18

CET capital ratio (%) and capital ($bn)

44

62

62

5

8

8

1

1

1

10

11

12

4

4

4

20

8

8

16

6

5

Sep-08Sep-17Mar-18

Wholesale Onshore <1yr

Wholesale Offshore <1yr

Wholesale Onshore >1yr

Wholesale Offshore >1yr

Securitisation

Equity

Customer deposits

Service leadership

18.2

18.6

11.3

13.8

21.0

Mar-16Mar-17Mar-18

PeersSt.GeorgeWestpac

112.0

122.1

134.3

143.5

Mar-15Mar-16Mar-17Mar-18

Transaction account balances ($bn)

Australian retailNew ZealandOther

Funding composition by residual maturity (%)

Australian customers with a wealth product

5

(%)

1

2

3 2

216

171

19

193

216

243

130

1H152H151H162H161H172H171H18

Increase in customer numbers (#’000’s)

4

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Building long term franchise value – customer service

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Refer page 137 for metric definition and details of provider.

41

Customer complaints (#)

Service leadership

1H152H151H162H161H172H171H18

1H152H151H162H161H172H171H18

Australian retail (CB, BB and BT)

New Zealand retail

Down 26%

Down 39%

New Zealand


Down 39%

Up 12%

Higher mostly from issues

with the timing of crediting

reward bonus points on

new credit cards


Customer satisfaction

1

Consumer and Business (mean) New Zealand (%)


7.6

7.6

7.5

7.4

7.7

Mar-16Mar-17Mar-18

WestpacSt.George brandsPeers

7.3

7.7

7.2

6.9

7.2

Mar-16Mar-17Mar-18

WestpacSt.George brandsPeers

Business


Consumer


69%

74%

75%

78%

Mar-16Mar-17Mar-18

WestpacPeers

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

•Digitised HR policies with embedded AI. Has

improved search functionality for employees

and driven a 21% reduction in policy questions

to our HR service centre

•New digital process for new employees

•Further automation of reporting for people

leaders


•All teller incentives now based

100% on customer advocacy

•Consumer Bank performance frameworks and

scorecards for FY18 now 50% customer

measures / 50% financial metrics for Personal

Bankers

•Elevated ‘Integrity’ to our first value

•Rolled out new values training to all employees


•Over 1,400 leaders have participated in

leadership development programs since

October 2016, with a further 1,200 enrolled in

2018. Two of the key programs designed in

partnership with the AGSM

•LearningBank, our online learning platform,

had over 50,000 learning modules accessed

by employees in 1H18

•New ‘behaviours-first’ approach to

performance management “Motivate” now

covers all employees


42

Workforce revolution delivering

1 Spot number at 31 March for each period. 2 Global high performing norm reflects the benchmark score for high performance organisations in the IBM engagement database. 3 Lost time injury frequency rate.


Employee engagement

2

(%)

LTIFR

3

(rolling 12 months) (#)

Women in Leadership positions

1

(%)

Learning and development Simplification

Service leadership and culture

43

44

46

49

50

Mar-14Mar-15Mar-16Mar-17Mar-18

1.80

1.40

0.90

0.80

0.69

0.30

Mar-13Mar-14Mar-15Mar-16Mar-17Mar-18

69

79

77

Sep-16Sep-17

WestpacGlobal high performing norm

Workforce revolution

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Actively positioning for digital opportunities

1


Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Logos are of the respective companies. 2 For further details on these investments see page 44.

43

Digital transformation

Westpac is actively responding to digital threats and opportunities.

We encourage digital innovation through investing in venture capital, partnerships and direct investments.

Westpac can learn directly and gain access to emerging fintech developments.

Westpac has committed $100m to Reinventure, a

fintech venture capital fund, which invests in a range of

fintech businesses. This enables Westpac access to

insights and adjacent business opportunities. The

model also helps Westpac assess different ways of

working to be more innovative and deliver faster


20 investments

2

to date covering areas such as:


Investment in Assembly

(June 2015)


Westpac invested in Assembly

via Reinventure

Partnership with Assembly

(June 2017)


Westpac partnered with Assembly

to develop a new capability for customers

Westpac made a direct investment

in Assembly

Deliver Presto Smart

for Westpac customers

(April 2018)

Launched software built by Assembly

that enables a businesses merchant

terminal to connect with a range of

point-of-sale systems


Uno is a disruptor online mortgage

broker. Enabling consumers to search,

compare and apply for a home loan,

from a choice of 20 lenders

Surgical Partners helps medical

practices improve efficiency by

connecting practice management

software to cloud based accounting

software

Offers point-of-sale credit and

digital payment services to the

retail, health, travel and

education sectors. It also owns

Pocketbook, a personal financial

management app

LanternPay is a scalable, cloud

based claims and payments

platform for use in consumer

directed care programs such as

the NDIS, aged / home care and

Government insurance schemes

FUELD is a data accelerator,

which aims to bring together

businesses with data-based

companies to solve real world

problems

Westpac is actively positioning for digital opportunities, responding to digital disruption and

supporting digital innovation through its venture capital funds, partnerships and direct investments.

Through this process Westpac is building capability and gaining access to emerging fintech opportunities

QuintessenceLabs (Qlabs) creates

opportunities with quantum technology

that encrypts confidential data

Assembly Payments is a payments

platform that helps marketplaces,

merchants, and their customers

transact simply and securely

Direct investment/partnering


Reinventure

Example of how a Reinventure investment delivered a commercial solution for customers

•Distributed ledger

•Payments

•Big data

•Social networks

•Digital processes

•Digital currencies

•Peer to peer lending

•Data analytics

•B2B networks

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Reinventure – Investing in new fintech businesses

1

1 Logos are of the respective companies.

Digital transformation

Flare HR provides a comprehensive

cloud-based human resources and

employee benefits platform to

streamline HR processes

A business loan marketplace that

matches SMEs to the best lender

based on their characteristics and

needs

A natural language AI system for data

analysis targeting relatively simple

business queries that comprise 70% of

an analyst’s work in a large organisation

Open Banking API platform that

provides connectivity to over 100

financial sources across Australia

and NZ

BRICKX enables the purchase of

residential property, one ‘brick’ at a

time

SocietyOne is Australia’s leading

peer-to-peer (P2P) online lending

platform connecting borrowers and

investors in a secure, safe,

professional online environment

A bitcoin wallet and platform where

merchants and consumers can

transact the digital currency, bitcoin

OpenAgent helps home sellers

make decisions about who they

choose to sell their property

Assembly Payments is a full stack

payments platform that helps

marketplaces, merchants, and their

customers transact simply and

securely online

Connects ordering apps, payment

devices, loyalty and reservations

platforms to any point of sale

A trust framework and secure

platform that allows users to

exchange data safely and securely

Standardises mobile forms into a

format you can easily read and fill at

the tap of a button



A global big data, business

intelligence and enterprise data

warehousing company

Kasada is an enterprise cyber

security company that protects

businesses from malicious bot

attacks

CodeLingo enables software

development teams to scale the

processes they use to improve code

quality, such as code reviews and

debugging

Everproof provides a single platform

for verifying and digitising employee

certifications, accreditations and

qualifications

Indebted provides new ways for

businesses to collect outstanding

debts. Leveraging modern

communications, automation and

machine learning, the system can be

used by businesses of all sizes

An app to revolutionise the payment

process for customers when dining

out or grabbing a coffee on the go

New business models, market places

and customer experiences


New innovative capabilities


Data and analytics

Westpac is actively responding to digital threats and opportunities.

We encourage digital innovation through investing in venture capital, partnerships and direct investments.

Westpac can learn directly and gain access to emerging fintech developments.

Westpac has committed up to $100m to Reinventure, an independent early stage venture capital fund.

The operation allows Westpac to gain access to emerging fintech business models,

adjacent business opportunities and entrepreneurial ways to execute at speed

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

44

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Settlement


Digital settlement.

Integrated with land

titles registry

Capabilities to be delivered


Customer Service Hub:

Commencing with a new mortgage experience

Digital transformation


Increased

efficiency

More home

ownership

needs met at

origination

Lower cost

of change

Increased

banker

productivity

Improved

customer

experience

Leading

to:


Phase 1

Strategy


Reengineering the home ownership process:

Digitising the end-to-end home loan origination experience by 2020

50% reduction in

customer

documents, faster

time to conditional

approval

25% reduction in

banker time spent

processing

1.7x to 1.2x

reduction in costs.

Single platform

across multiple

brands

10% more of

customer’s lifestyle

and protection needs

met

25% reduction in the

cost of mortgage

origination

Every element of the process supports providing a record of verification

Digitised offer

and acceptance

Plain English terms

& conditions and online

acceptance

Simplified application

assessment / approval for

customer and banker

Digitises a number

of manual processes

Remote digital upload

of information

Customers can upload

documents digitally

Customer application

tracker

At any time customers

have clarity as to the

status of their application

Banker dashboard


Single point for bankers

to view customer information

and loan status

Customer access

via any channel


Applications available

seamlessly across channels


Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

45

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

287

312

380

24

25

29

1H172H171H18

Sales% of sales via digital

Customers increasingly choosing digital channels

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Australian consumer and business customers who have had an authenticated session (including Quickzone) on Westpac Group digital banking platforms in the prior 90 days. 2 Sales refers to digital sales of

Consumer core products only. Sales with a completed deposit or activation constitute a quality sale. Prior periods have been restated on the same basis to enable comparability with 1H18. 3 Includes new American

Express credit card sales to existing customers. 4 Branch transactions are typically withdrawals, deposits, transfers and payments. 5 Digital transactions are typically payments and transfers.

46

Digital transformation

241

254

262

279

287

304

313

1H152H151H162H161H172H171H18

Quality digital sales


(#000) and % of sales via digital

2,3

Digital transactions

5

(#m)

Digitally active customers

1

(#m)

Branch transactions

4

(#m)

3.84

3.96

4.05

4.18

4.33

4.53

4.69

Mar-15Sep-15Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

Up 8%

Up 4%

Up 32%

Up 22%

29.5

28.1

25.6

24.4

22.5

21.7

20.8

1H152H151H162H161H172H171H18

Down 8%

Down 4%

Up 9%

Up 3%

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Customers shifting to digital and self-serve channels

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Accounts with e-statements (%)

Card activation – Westpac brand (%)

Proof of balance – Westpac brand (%)

Lost and stolen card notification – Westpac brand (%)

47

Digital transformation

38

46

53

62

54

47

2H161H171H18

DigitalBranch & Contact Centres

28

36

45

72

64

55

1H161H171H18

E-statementsPaper

2

7

15

22

25

98

93

85

78

75

2H141H151H161H171H18

DigitalBranch & Contact Centres

30

31

42

50

53

70

69

58

50

47

2H141H151H161H171H18

DigitalBranch & Contact Centres

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

New digital services launched over the last 6 months

1 Alexa is a virtual assistant developed by Amazon.

Digital transformation

Electronic

correspondence

Automatic e-statement

registrations

Automatic online

registrations

Application status

and next steps

New ways of

connecting via Alexa

1


Through the creation

of a digital inbox,

customers can

choose to receive

certain

correspondence

electronically

Credit cards are one

of the biggest product

groups with paper

statements. The

creation of automatic

e-statement

registration for credit

cards and personal

loans has been

introduced

Many credit card

customers are

digitally inactive. New

and existing credit

card and personal

loan customers are

now automatically

registered for internet

and mobile banking

Customers can

monitor the status

and next steps of

their application for

unsecured finance

products

Customers can

query their account

balance, recent

spending history and

reward points status

by talking to

Amazon’s virtual

assistant, Alexa

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

48

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Helping customers with cybersecurity

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Subject to Terms and Conditions.

Awareness

49

Prevention Detection and remediation

Digital transformation

Enhancing security awareness for

customers by providing information on:

•How we protect you

•How to protect yourself

•Being aware of fraud and common scams


Using a variety of security features to

protect customers:

•Biometric login: Face ID or fingerprint to

logon to banking

•Card lock and unlock: Enabling customers

to lock and unlock their card if lost or stolen

•Travel notifications: Encouraging

customers to notify us of their travel plans to

prevent unauthorised overseas transactions

•Malware indicator: Inspecting online

banking activities to identify if malicious

software is present on a customer’s device

Identifying fraudulent/ suspicious behaviour

quickly by implementing security solutions

such as:

•Real-time monitoring tools and Proactive

Risk Manager: Monitoring transactions real-

time & identifying suspicious transactions in

milliseconds so they can be held, declined or

an alert raised for investigation. Customers

are then notified and prompted for additional

validation

•Device ID: Inspecting transaction devices to

determine whether the customer is using a

known device. Real time monitoring tools

provide further validation if required

•Remediation: Westpac will repay any missing

funds as a result of internet fraud

1

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Continued sustainability leadership

1 Alzheimer’s Australia September 2017, acknowledged St.George Bank as Australia’s first dementia friendly bank.

50

United Nations Sustainable

Development Goals alignment

Westpac’s sustainability

priority areas

First Half 2018 performance outcomes



Helping people make better

financial decisions

•Financial literacy programs through Davidson Institute and Managing Your Money

•Improving financial literacy in target segments with specific programs:

Youth supported through Year 13 partnerships and Mathspace

Young adults and women through The Cusp and Ruby Connection

Older Australians through Starts at 60



Helping people by being

there when it matters most to

them

•Over 19,000 customers received hardship assistance via Westpac Group Assist

•1

st

Australian bank accredited as dementia friendly

1


•Continued to roll out dementia-friendly banking across brands



Helping people create a

prosperous nation

•134 microenterprises have been provided finance, including 39 Indigenous

businesses, through our Many Rivers partnership, helping to create 1,681 jobs

•At 31 March 2018, 25 start-ups supported, including 20 through Reinventure

•Total committed exposure of $8.5bn to climate change solutions and environmental

services at 31 March 2018



A culture of doing the right

thing

•Maintained Indigenous employment parity

•Launched a neurodiversity internship program to support people on the Autism

spectrum build a career in the Group

•Launched the Inclusion and Diversity strategy for 2018 to 2020


The fundamentals –

sustainability policies, action

plans and frameworks

•Maintained carbon neutral status

•$2.6m sourced from diverse suppliers, including $1.7m from Indigenous suppliers

•Refer Appendix 2 page 132 for details of sustainability awards, indexes, recognition,

key commitments and partnerships

Sustainable futures

Further information on Westpac’s Sustainability and progress on our strategic priorities is available at www.westpac.com.au/sustainability

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Climate-related metrics

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Exposures in WIB only. 2 Australia only. NEM benchmark is sourced from Australian Energy Market Operator. 3 Data reported annually.

51

Sustainable futures

Climate change solutions exposure

(% of TCE)


Emissions intensity (tCO

2

-e/MWh)

2,3

Electricity generation exposure

(% of TCE)

1

Total scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions

(tCO2e, 000s)

3

Climate change solutions exposure

($bn)

Mining exposure ($bn)


6.1

6.2

7.0

8.5

Sep-15Sep-16Sep-17Mar-18

244

220

203

FY15FY16FY17

71.8

14.9

10.6

1.8

0.9

Renewable energy

Gas

Black coal

Brown coal

Liquid fuel

41.7

31.7

12.4

3.8

3.8

6.6

Green buildings

Renewable energy

Low carbon

transport

Adaptation

infrastructure

Forestry

Other

0.38 0.38

0.36

0.91

0.90

0.86

FY15FY16FY17

Westpac electricity generation portfolio

National electricity market (NEM) benchmark

14.5

6.4

6.8

1.4

11.3

5.5

5.0

0.9

9.7

5.3

3.8

0.6

9.3

5.3

3.5

0.4

TotalNon-fossil fuelOil and gasCoal - thermal &

metallurgical

Sep-15Sep-16Sep-17Mar-18

TCE at 31 March 2018 $3.5bn

TCE at 31 March 2018 $8.5bn

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

1 Data for 1H18 or as at 31 March 2018 unless otherwise stated. 2 As at 30 September 2017. 3 Through Westpac Bicentennial Foundation. 4 Through Westpac Foundation. 5 Source: Corporate Tax Transparency

Report 2015 - 2016, published December 2017. 6 Australia only.

Customers Employees Community Suppliers Investors Economy Environment

14.0m

Customers

Provided

126,000

New home loans in

Australia

19,473

Customers

supported through

Westpac Group

Assist

39,574

Employees


50%

Target reached

for Women in

Leadership

positions

200

200 education

scholarships

3

, 200

community grants

4


and 200 Businesses

of Tomorrow in our

200

th

year


$1.3bn

Committed

exposure to social

and affordable

housing sector

$2.4bn

Spent with suppliers

in Australia


$1.7m

Spent with

Indigenous

Australian suppliers


14.0%

Cash return on

equity

$3.2bn

In dividends to

shareholders

$1.9bn

Income tax

1H18


$8.5bn

Committed exposure

to climate change

and environmental

solutions

$1.7bn

Climate related bond

issuance

Provided

$11bn

New business

lending in Australia

(excludes

Institutional)

630K

shareholders

and more via

super funds

2

nd


Largest tax payer

in Australia

5

40+ years

Sponsorship of

Westpac Rescue

Helicopter Service

Delivering sustainable value for all stakeholders

1

74%

Employees with

flexible working

arrangements

2

10

th

time

In 2017, Westpac

achieved the global

banking leadership

position in the Dow

Jones Sustainability

index for the 10th

time


$2.4bn

Paid to

employees

$1.25

Cash

earnings per

ordinary

share (cents)

30.3%

Effective tax

rate


$0.4bn


In other taxes paid

including Bank

Levy $0.2bn

6

Sustainable futures

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

52

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours


Earnings Drivers

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Net operating income up 3% over the half

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 AIEA is average interest-earning assets. 2 Divisional movements from 1H17 to 2H17 have been restated to reflect restatements that occurred in 1H18. 3 The New Zealand contribution in A$. 4 Group Businesses.

54

Net operating income movement ($m)

Net operating income by division

2

($m)

10,761

156

162

38

10,795

77

213

19

5

3

39

11,151

(97)

(209)

(16)

1H17AIEA

growth

MarginsFees &

commissions

WealthTradingOther2H17AIEA

growth

MarginsFees &

commissions

WealthTradingOther1H18

59

173

10,761

231

92

37

10,795

76

51

3

11,151

(7)

(193)

(126)

(6)

1H17CBBBBTFGWIBNZGroup2H17CBBBBTFGWIBNZGroup1H18

40

23

11

13

10

3

CB

BB

BTFG

WIB

NZ

Group

1H18 Divisional contribution (%)

1

Net interest up 4% Non-interest down 9% Net interest up 4% Non-interest up 2%

Flat (up $34m) Up 3%

1

3

4

3 3

4

4

Revenue

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

193

194

204

152

154

155

134

139

143

479

487

502

Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

Term depositsSavingsTransaction

41%

31%

28%

Composition of lending and deposits

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 In 1H18, $4.1bn of structured deposits were reclassified as term deposits, previously they had been reported as transaction. Prior periods have been adjusted for comparability.

Australian mortgage lending ($bn) Composition of lending (% of total) Net loans ($bn)

Customer deposit composition ($bn) Customer deposit mix ($bn) and % of total

55

62

13

9

3

11

2

Aust. mortgages

Aust. business

Aust. institutional

Aust. other consumer

New Zealand lending

Other overseas

lending

667

685

8

2

2

3

1 701

Mar-17

Sep-17

Consumer

Bank

Business

Bank

WIB

New

Zealand

Other

(inc. BT)

Mar-18

New Zealand

up NZ$1.8bn

Up 2%

Up 3%

Up 2%

190

196

199

102

107

108

98

92

99

89

92

96

479

487

502

Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

CBBBWIBBTFG, NZ & Other

414

427

38

437

(28)

Mar-17

Sep-17

New

lending

Net run off

Mar-18

1

1

Revenue

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Net interest margin excluding Treasury & Markets up 3bps

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 NIM excluding Treasury & Markets has been restated on the same basis as 1H18. 2 Divisional NIM has been restated on the same basis as 1H18.

Net interest margin by division

2

(%)

Net interest margin (NIM)

1

(%)


Net interest margin (NIM) movement

1

(%)

56

1.96

2.02

2.05

0.11

0.08

4bps

0.12

2.07

2.10

2bps

1bp

1bp (2bps)

0bp

1bp

2.17

1H172H17

Loans

Customer deposits

Term wholesale funding

Bank Levy

Capital & other

Liquidity

Treasury &

Markets

1H18

Treasury & Markets impact on NIM

NIM excl. Treasury & Markets

2.19

2.17

2.03

2.05

1H132H131H142H141H152H151H162H161H172H171H18

NIMNIM excl. Treasury & Markets

2.27

2.70

1.56

1.96

2.36

2.74

1.62

2.09

2.37

2.78

1.58

2.15

CBBBWIBNZ

1H172H171H18

Margin excluding Treasury & Markets up 3bps

Revenue

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Non-interest income up 2%

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Markets income by activity ($m)

Insurance income ($m)

Non-interest income contributors ($m)

Wealth management income ($m)

.

57

Revenue

1,392

1,396

1,426

1,329

1,348

941

970

886

924

929

610

514

713

504

507

40

25

43

27

66

2,983

2,905

3,068

2,784

2,850

1H162H161H172H171H18

Fees and commissionsWealth and insuranceTradingOther

372

382

365

371

381

199

201

206

128

196

43

82

51

86

55

614

665

622

585

632

1H162H161H172H171H18

FUM/FUAOther (mostly BT)NZ & WIB

465

447

482

436

448

142

89

247

72

162

2

10

19

27

0

609

546

748

535

610

1H162H161H172H171H18

CustomerMarket related riskDerivative valuation adjustments

152

126

136

143 143

94

97

42

116

76

81

82

86

80

78

327

305

264

339

297

1H162H161H172H171H18

LifeGeneralLMI & NZ

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Markets & Treasury

1

income

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1. Includes net interest income and non-interest income but excludes derivative valuation adjustments.

58

Markets customer income ($m) Markets non-customer and Treasury income ($m)

Revenue

264

376

404

395

406

277

412

147

131

142

89

247

72

162

411

507

546

484

653

349

574

1H152H151H162H161H172H171H18

Markets non-customer

Treasury

473

462

465

447

482

436

448

1H152H151H162H161H172H171H18

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

247

35,290

16 35,096

377 35,720

(210)

1H17RunChange2H17RunChange1H18

4,604

125

22

34 4,654

(131)

2H17Ongoing

expenses

ProductivityInvestmentRegulatory/

compliance

1H18

Expenses up 1% from investments and increased regulatory and

compliance costs including the Royal Commission

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

FTE run versus change (#) Expense movements ($m)

1 Company data, Credit Suisse. Expense to income ratio average for Peer 1, 2 and 3 based on 1H18 results, all others based on FY17. Peer 1 and 2 are presented on a continuing operations basis. Peer 3 excludes

restructuring costs. European average excludes Deutsche Bank.

59

Expenses

Global peer comparison of expense to income ratios

1

(%) Consistent productivity savings ($m)

Up 1%

70.1

61.7

55.9

52.7

47.2

45.0

45.0

43.9 43.9

41.7

US regional

average

European

average

Canadian

average

Korean

average

Hong Kong

average

Peer 1

Singapore

average

Peer 2Peer 3

WBC

219

239

263

262

131

FY14FY15FY16FY171H18

Run: ongoing operations

Change: project based

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Investment spend focused on growth and productivity

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Other includes write-offs, impairments and foreign exchange translation. 2 Based on 1H18 results. Software amortisation has been annualised. Peer 1 and 2 are reported on a continuing operations basis.


Investment spend mix ($m)

60

Investment spend ($m) Capitalised software

2

Expenses

375

417

391

143

182

163

62

77

84

580 676 638

1H172H171H18

Other technology

Regulatory change

Growth & productivity

1H17 2H17 1H18

Expensed 236 243 251

Capitalised


344 433 387

Total investment spend


580 676 638

Investment spend expensed 41% 36% 39%

Capitalised software

Opening balance 1,781 1,814 1,916

Additions


344 422 389

Amortisation (303) (311) (301)

Other

1

(8) (9) 1

Closing balance 1,814 1,916 2,005

Average amortisation period 2.9yrs 2.9yrs 3.2yrs

Other deferred expenses

Deferred acquisition costs 91 86 80

Other deferred expenses 56 28 30

1.78

1.90

2.71

2.00

0.56

0.40

0.40

0.60

3.3

4.8

6.5

3.2

Peer 1Peer 2Peer 3WBC

Capitalised software balance ($bn)

Amortisation ($bn)

Average amortisation period (years)

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Continued low impairment charge reflects sound asset quality

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Pre-2008 does not include St.George. 2008 and 2009 are pro forma including St.George for the entire period with 1H09 ASX Profit Announcement providing details of pro forma adjustments.


61

256

364

246

173

(173)

(228) (228)

(167)

484

443

525

430

(110)

(86)

(183)

(43)

457

493

360

393

2H161H172H171H182H161H172H171H182H161H172H171H182H161H172H171H182H161H172H171H18

Impairment charges ($m)

Impairment charges and stressed exposures

1

(bps)

New IAPs Write-backs & recoveries Write-offs direct Other movements in CAP Total

Individually assessed Collectively assessed

Lower due to absence

of large names

11bps

109bps

0

100

200

300

400

500

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

200720082009201020112012201320141H152H151H162H161H172H171H18

Impairment charge to average loans

annualised (lhs)

Stressed exposures to TCE (rhs)

Lower due to an absence

of large write-backs

Impairments

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours


Credit Quality

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Standard and Poor’s Risk Grade

1

Australia NZ / Pacific Asia Americas Europe Group % of Total

AAA to AA-

93,873 8,940 2,096 10,668 462 116,039

11%

A+ to A-

32,577 6,243 7,084 5,206 2,801 53,911

5%

BBB+ to BBB-

55,783 11,563 8,986 2,298 1,572 80,202

8%

BB+ to BB

73,307 11,564 1,755 393 258 87,277

9%

BB- to B+

62,373 9,655 96 15 11 72,150

7%

<B+

5,612 2,580 - - - 8,192

1%

Mortgages

500,981 54,062 396 - - 555,439

54%

Other consumer products

44,634 5,165 8 - - 49,807

5%

Total committed exposures (TCE)

869,140 109,772 20,421 18,580 5,104 1,023,017

Exposure by region

2

(%)

85% 11% 2% 2% <1% 100%

High quality portfolio with bias to mortgage lending

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Risk grade equivalent. 2 Exposure by booking office.


Lending composition at 31 March 2018 (% of total) Asset composition (%)

63

Credit Quality

69

17

11

3

Housing

Business

Institutional

Other consumer

Total loans of $701bn

1 Risk grade equivalent. 2 Exposure by booking office.

Exposure by risk grade at 31 March 2018 ($m)

Total assets ($872bn)

1H17 2H17 1H18

Loans 80 81 80

Trading securities, financial assets at fair value and

available-for-sale securities

11 10 10

Derivative financial instruments 3 3 3

Cash and balances with central banks 2 2 3

Life insurance assets 1 1 1

Goodwill 1 1 1

Receivables due from other financial institutions 1 1 1

Other assets 1 1 1

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

A diversified loan portfolio

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Exposures at default is an estimate of the committed exposure expected to be drawn by a customer at the time of default. Excludes consumer lending. 2 Finance and insurance includes banks, non-banks,

insurance companies and other firms providing services to the finance and insurance sectors. 3 Property includes both residential and non-residential property investors and developers, and excludes real estate

agents. 4 Construction includes building and non-building construction, and industries serving the construction sector. 5 NBFI is non-bank financial institutions.

020406080100

Other

Mining

Accommodation, cafes

& restaurants

Construction

Utilities

Agriculture, forestry & fishing

Transport & storage

Property services & business services

Services

Manufacturing

Wholesale & retail trade

Government admin. & defence

Property

Finance & insurance

Mar-17

Sep-17

Mar-18

1.9

1.4

1.3

1.1

1.2

1.3

1.1

1.2

1.0

1.1

1.1

Sep-08Sep-09Sep-10Sep-11Sep-12Sep-13Sep-14Sep-15Sep-16Sep-17Mar-18

03006009001,2001,5001,8002,1002,4002,700

A+

BBB-

BBB+

BBB+

A-

A-

BBB-

BBB+

A

BBB+

S&P rating or equivalent


Top 10 exposures to corporations and NBFIs

5

(% of TCE)

Top 10 exposures to corporations & NBFIs

5


at 31 March 2018 ($m)

64

Largest corporation/NBFI single name

exposure represents less than 0.3% of TCE

Exposures at default

1

by sector ($bn)

2

3

4

Credit Quality

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

52

43

35

45

46

48

36

46 46

50

34

46

WestpacPeer 1Peer 2Peer 3

1H172H171H18

Well provisioned, sound asset quality

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Provisions for impairments

Impaired asset provisions to impaired assets (%)

Total impairment provisions ($m)

65

Credit Quality

1H17 2H17 1H18

Total provisions to gross loans (bps) 52 45 45

Impaired asset provisions to impaired assets (%) 52 46 46

Collectively assessed provisions to credit RWA (bps) 77 76 75

Overlay ($m) 378 323 335

1,622

1,461

1,470

1,364

867

669

869

787

480

471

2,986

2,607

2,408

2,196

2,225

2,275

2,344

2,348

2,316

2,359

453

346

363

389

389

388

389

378

323

335

5,061

4,414

4,241

3,949

3,481

3,332

3,602

3,513

3,119

3,165

Sep-10Sep-11Sep-12Sep-13Sep-14Sep-15Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

Overlay

Collectively assessed provisions

Individually assessed provisions

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Stressed exposures little changed

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Facilities 90 days or more past due date not impaired. These facilities, while in default, are not treated as impaired for accounting purposes.

New and increased gross impaired assets ($m)

Movement in stress categories (bps) Stressed exposures as a % of TCE

66

114

5

1 0

3

105

0 3

0 1

109

Mar-17

Impaired

90+ dpd not

impaired

Substandard

Watchlist

Sep-17

Impaired

90+ dpd not

impaired

Substandard

Watchlist

Mar-18

1,748

1,519

1,343

1,060

1,194

997

958

708

609

607

633

1,078

477

589

440

471

2H101H112H111H122H121H132H131H142H141H152H151H162H161H172H171H18

0.67

0.62

0.58

0.44

0.27

0.20

0.22

0.20

0.15 0.15

0.46

0.41

0.35

0.31

0.26

0.25

0.33

0.35

0.34

0.37

2.07

1.45

1.24

0.85

0.71

0.54

0.65

0.59

0.56

0.57

3.20

2.48

2.17

1.60

1.24

0.99

1.20

1.14

1.05

1.09

Sep-10Sep-11Sep-12Sep-13Sep-14Sep-15Sep-16

Mar-17

Sep-17

Mar-18

Watchlist & substandard

90+ day past due (dpd) and not impaired

Impaired

Credit Quality

1


1

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Provision cover by portfolio category

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

67

Exposures as a % of TCE

0.26

0.22

0.20

0.15 0.15

0.28

0.33

0.35

0.34

0.37

0.49

0.65

0.59

0.56

0.57

98.97

98.80

98.86

98.95

98.91

Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

Fully

performing

portfolio

Watchlist &

substandard

90+ day past

due and not

impaired

Impaired

Fully performing portfolio

•Small cover as low probability of default (PD)

•Includes overlay

0.22 0.21 0.20 0.20

Provisioning to TCE (%)

Sep-16 Mar-17 Sep-17 Mar-18

Watchlist & substandard

•Still performing but higher cover reflects

deterioration

4.51 4.52 4.76 4.71

90+ day past due and not impaired

•In default but strong security 4.57 5.04 5.08 5.03

Impaired assets

•In default. High provision cover reflects

expected recovery

49.44 52.07 46.30 45.54

Impaired

asset

provisions


Collective


provisions


Credit Quality

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Stressed exposures increased in retail trade and property

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Includes Finance & insurance, Utilities, Government admin. & defence.

Corporate and business portfolio stressed exposures by industry ($bn)

68

0.0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

1.6

1.8

2.0

Agriculture, forestry &

fishing

Wholesale &

retail trade

Property

Transport & storage

Services

Manufacturing

Construction

Property services &

business services

Accommodation, cafes

& restaurants

Other

Mining

Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

3 names downgraded

to stressed

1


Credit Quality

2 stressed

names

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Areas of interest: Commercial property

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Includes impaired exposures. 2 Percentage of commercial property portfolio TCE.


Commercial property portfolio composition (%)

Commercial property exposures % of TCE and % in stress Commercial property portfolio

69

0

5

10

15

20

0

2

4

6

8

10

Mar-09

Sep-09

Mar-10

Sep-10

Mar-11

Sep-11

Mar-12

Sep-12

Mar-13

Sep-13

Mar-14

Sep-14

Mar-15

Sep-15

Mar-16

Sep-16

Mar-17

Sep-17

Mar-18

Commercial property as % of TCE (lhs)

Commercial property % in stress (rhs)

Sep-17 Mar-18

Total committed exposures (TCE) $65.2bn $66.3bn

Lending $49.6bn $51.1bn

Commercial property as a % of Group TCE 6.48 6.48

Median risk grade


BB equivalent BB equivalent

% of portfolio graded as stressed

1,2

1.27 1.74

% of portfolio in impaired

2

0.38 0.28

15

10

8

6

4

11

46

NSW & ACT

Vic

Qld

SA & NT

WA

NZ & Pacific

Institutional

(diversified)

44

10

30

16

Exposures <$10m

Developers >$10m

Investors >$10m

Diversified Property

Groups and Property

Trusts >$10m

44

26

21

9

Commercial offices

& diversified groups

Residential

Retail

Industrial

Borrower type (%) Region (%) Sector (%)


Credit Quality

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Areas of interest: Inner city apartments

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

70

1 Percentage of commercial property TCE.


50.4

49.0

46.4

47.5

2018201920202021

Expected completion date

Mar-17 Sep-17 Mar-18 TCE %

1

Residential apartment development >$20m 4.1 4.2 4.0 6.0%

•Market activity is slowing as demand eases and pre-sales slow

•Still a high level of construction to complete. Our tightened risk appetite in

areas of higher concern (progressively introduced since 2012) remains in place

•Settlements remain slightly slower, but Westpac’s debt has been repaid in full

given low loan to value ratios (LVRs)

Residential apartment development

>$20m in major markets, shown below

2.8 2.7 2.7 4.1%

Sydney major markets 1.3 1.5 1.9 2.9% •Still active in key markets. 1H18 new lending LVR 47.5%

Inner Melbourne 1.0 0.7 0.6 0.9% •1H18 new lending LVR 48%

Inner Brisbane 0.2 0.4 0.2 0.3% •Slow market. Exposure low, new lending at 47% LVR

Perth metro 0.2 0.0 0.0 -

Adelaide CBD 0.1 0.1 0.0 - •Project completed

Average portfolio LVR 49%

Consumer mortgages where

security is within an inner city

residential apartment development

Sep-17 Mar-18

Total loans $14.1bn $14.7bn

Average LVR at origination 70% 73%

Average dynamic LVR 53% 56%

Dynamic LVR >90% (% of portfolio) 1.94% 2.65%

90+ day delinquencies 36bps 40bps

Residential apartment development >$20m weighted average LVR (%)

Commercial property portfolio TCE ($bn)

Consumer mortgages

Credit Quality

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Areas of interest: Retail trade

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Includes impaired exposures. 2 Percentage of retail trade portfolio TCE.


Retail trade portfolio composition

Overview

71

Sep-17 Mar-18

Total committed exposures (TCE) $15.4bn $15.5bn

Lending $11.5bn $11.3bn

Retail trade as a % of Group TCE 1.53 1.51

Median risk grade


BB equivalent BB equivalent

% of portfolio graded as stressed

1,2

3.02 4.67

% of portfolio in impaired

2

0.31 0.48

Credit Quality

Retail trade portfolio

•The retail sector continues to be challenged by subdued consumer demand

and growth in domestic and international online channels

•These changes have been emerging for a number of years and businesses

continue to adapt

•Stress increased over the half principally from the downgrade of two

institutional customers

•The portfolio is diversified and the asset quality remains sound




14.0

14.4

16.4

16.3

15.3

15.4

15.5

Mar-15Sep-15Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

Retail trade exposure (TCE) $bn


3.66

3.58

2.29

2.68

2.51

3.02

4.67

Mar-15Sep-15Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

% of portfolio graded as stressed


Overview

6.4

5.0

4.1

Personal and

household good

retailing

Motor vehicle

retailing and

services

Food retailing

Investment

Sub-investment

Stressed

Retail trade by risk grade category $bn

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Areas of interest: Mining and NZ dairy

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Includes impaired exposures. 2 Percentage of portfolio TCE. 3 Sourced from Westpac Economics and Bloomberg. 4 The steel index 62% Fe fines benchmark. 5 Brent oil price. 6 Source Fonterra.

New Zealand dairy portfolio

Mining (inc. oil and gas) portfolio

72

Sep-17 Mar-18

Total committed exposures (TCE) $9.7bn $9.3bn

Lending $5.1bn $5.1bn

% of Group TCE 0.96 0.91

% of portfolio graded as stressed

1,2

2.33 1.72

% of portfolio in impaired

2

0.44 0.31

Sep-17 Mar-18

Total committed exposure (TCE) NZ$6.0bn NZ$6.1bn

Lending NZ$5.8bn NZ$5.8bn

% of Group TCE 0.55 0.55

% of portfolio graded as stressed

1,2

17.02 14.94

% of portfolio in impaired

2

0.34 0.47

Credit Quality

Iron Ore and Oil prices ($)

3

Mining portfolio (TCE)

by sector (%)

38

11

22

5

15

9

Oil and gasIron ore

Other metal oreCoal

Mining servicesOther

NZ dairy portfolio (TCE)

by security (%)

77

22

1

Fully securedPartially securedUnsecured

Milk price & Fonterra dividend

6


(NZ$)

4.40

3.90

6.12

6.55

6.50

0.25

0.40

0.40

0.30

0.40

$0

$2

$4

$6

$8

$10

2014/152015/162016/172017/182018/19

Kg Ms

DividendMilk price

20

60

100

140

Sep-14Sep-15Sep-16Sep-17Sep-18

Iron ore (USD/t)Crude oil (USD/bbl)

Westpac

Economics

forecast

4

5

Westpac

Economics

forecast

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

90+ day delinquencies (%) 90+ day delinquencies (%)

Australian consumer unsecured lending, 3% of Group loans

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Mar-17 Sep-17 Mar-18

30+ day delinquencies


(%) 3.99 3.60 3.95

90+ day delinquencies


(%) 1.63 1.66 1.71

Estimated impact of changes to hardship

treatment for 90+ day delinquencies (bps)

28bps 56ps 52ps

•APRA hardship policy adopted across Westpac’s Australian unsecured portfolios in

FY17

•March 2018 unsecured consumer delinquencies, excluding hardship reporting

changes are 9bps higher than September 2017, and 16bps lower than March 2017

Australian unsecured portfolio ($bn)

10

5

8

23

10

5

7

22

10

5

7

22

Credit cardsPersonal

loans

Auto loans

(consumer)

Total

consumer

unsecured

Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

90+ day delinquencies (%) by State Australian consumer unsecured lending portfolio

73

-

1.00

2.00

3.00

Total unsecured

consumer lending

Credit cards

Total ex-hardshipCredit cards

ex-hardship

Credit Quality

-

1.00

2.00

3.00

NSW/ACTVIC/TASQLDWASA/NT

Hardship reporting

changes commenced

Hardship reporting

changes commenced

-

1.00

2.00

3.00

Personal loansAuto loans

Personal loans

ex-hardship

Auto loans

ex-hardship

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Australian mortgage portfolio continues to perform well

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Australian mortgages 90+ day delinquencies by State (%)

Housing lending portfolio by State (%)

Australian mortgage delinquencies and

properties in possession (PIPs)

Mar-17 Sep-17 Mar-18

30+ day delinquencies


(bps) 139 130 144

90+ day delinquencies


(bps)

(includes impaired mortgages)

67 67 69

Consumer PIPs 382 437 398

Properties in possession continue to be mostly in WA and Qld reflecting weaker

economic conditions in those states. Targeted collections strategies in those states

have contributed to lower PIPs in 1H18 and improved customer outcomes

0.0

1.0

2.0

3.0

Mar-14Sep-14Mar-15Sep-15Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

90+ day past due total90+ day past due investor

30+ day past due totalLoss rates

0.0

1.0

2.0

3.0

Mar-14Sep-14Mar-15Sep-15Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

NSW/ACTVIC/TASQLD

WASA/NTALL

37

27

17

12

7

41

26

17

9

7

43

29

15

6

7

NSW & ACTVIC & TASQLDWASA & NT

Australian banking system

Westpac Group portfolio

1H18 Westpac Group drawdowns

1 Source ABA Cannex February 2018.

74

1

Introduced new hardship treatment

Australian mortgage portfolio delinquencies (%)

Introduced new hardship treatment

Credit quality

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Australian mortgage portfolio well collateralised

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

75

Credit quality

1 Flow is new mortgages settled in the 6 months ended 31 March 2018 and includes RAMS. 2 Includes amortisation. 3 Excludes RAMS in 1H17 and 2H17. Includes RAMS in 1H18. Loans ahead on payments exclude equity/line of credit products as

there are no scheduled principal payments. 4 Mortgage insurance claims 1H18 $6m (2H17 $9m; 1H17 $3m). 5 Excludes RAMS. 6 LVR calculated as simple average by balances. 7 Dynamic LVR is the loan-to-value ratio taking into account the

current loan balance, changes in security value, offset account balances and other loan adjustments. Property valuation source Australian Property Monitors. 8 Average LVR of new loans is on rolling 6 months. 9 Weighted average LVR calculation

considers size of outstanding balances.

Australian housing loan-to-value ratios (LVRs) (%)

Australian mortgage portfolio LVRs

Mar-17

balance

Sep-17

balance

Mar-18

balance

Simple

averages

LVR at origination

6

(%) 70 70 70

Dynamic


LVR

5,6,7

(%) 42 42 41

LVR of new loans

6,8

(%)


68 67 69

Weighted

averages

LVR at origination

9

(%) 74 74 74

Dynamic LVR

5,7,9

(%) 50 52 52

LVR of new loans

8,9

(%) 73 73 71

20

15

48

10

6

1

16

13

50

11

5

5

63

15

15

5

1

2

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

0<=6060<=7070<=8080<=9090<=9595+

1H18 drawdowns LVR at origination

Portfolio LVR at origination

Portfolio dynamic LVR

Australian mortgage portfolio

Mar-17

balance

Sep-17

balance

Mar-18

balance

1H18

flow

1

Total portfolio ($bn)

413.9 427.2

437.2

38.4

Owner occupied (%)

55.3 55.5

56.0

57.2

Investment property loans (%)

39.5 39.8

39.5

42.4

Portfolio loan/line of credit (%)

5.3 4.8

4.5

0.4

Variable rate / Fixed rate (%)

82 / 18 79 / 21

77 / 23

70 / 30

Interest only (%)

50.1 45.5

39.6

22.6

Proprietary channel (%)

57.7 57.3

56.5

52.0

First home buyer (%)

8.4 8.1

7.9

6.9

Mortgage insured (%)

18.1 17.5

16.9

11.1

Mar-17 Sep-17 Mar-18

Average loan size

2

($’000)


259 264 270

Customers ahead on repayments

including offset account balances

3

(%)

71 70 68

Actual mortgage losses

net of insurance

4

($m)

36 48 48

Actual mortgage loss rate


annualised (bps)

2 2 2

5

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Australian mortgage portfolio standards tightening

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

76

Credit quality

Australian mortgage portfolio by year of origination

(% of total book)

5

2

2

3

4

4

4

5

7

10

14

17

18

5

Pre-2006

200620072008200920102011201220132014201520162017

2018 (YTD)

Calendar year

2014

•10% limit on investment property lending growth announced –

implemented by 30 September 2015

2015

•Stricter loan affordability tests for new borrowers

–Increase in minimum assessment (‘floor’) rate to 7.25%

–Increase in serviceability assessment buffer to 2.25%

•Credit card repayments assessed at 3% of limit (previously 2%)

•Expenses benchmark (HEM) adjusted by income bands as well as

post settlement postcode location, marital status and dependants

•Serviceability for loans with interest only terms assessed over the

residual P&I term, not full loan term

•Maximum I/O terms reduced – owner occupied reduced to 5 years

2016

•Mandatory 20% minimum shading on all non base income (e.g. rental

income, annuity income) – previously non base income discounted by

varying amounts

•Stopped non-resident lending

–For Australian and NZ citizens and permanent visa holders using

foreign income, tightened verification and LVR restricted to 70%

•Maximum I/O terms for new IPLs reduced to 10 years

•Maximum LVRs restricted to include LMI capitalisation

2017

•30% limit on interest-only lending originations

•Tighter limits on interest-only lending >80% LVR

•Heightened supervision of mortgage lending warehouses

•Strengthened pre settlement hind-sighting process with introduction of

day 2 review team

2018

•More granular assessment of living expenses through the introduction

of 13 categories to capture living expenses and other commitments

1

Notable changes to Westpac mortgage lending standards


More than half the portfolio

originated after lending

standards tightened

1. Currently excludes RAMS. Additional expense categories expected to be implemented for RAMS in 2H18.

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Australian mortgage portfolio repayment buffers

1 SVR is the Standard Variable Rate for owner-occupied Westpac Rocket Repay Home Loan inclusive of Premier Advantage Package discount. 2 Excludes RAMS. 3 Includes RAMS in 1H18. Customer loans ahead on payments exclude equity/line

of credit products as there are no scheduled principal payments. ‘Behind’ is more than 30 days past due. ‘On time’ includes up to 30 days past due. Includes mortgage offset accounts.

1

27

17

23

7

25

1

29

18

23

6

24

1

30

19

22

6

22

BehindOn Time< 1 Mth< 1 Yr< 2 Yrs>2 Yrs

Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

77

Credit quality

Australian home loan customers ahead on repayments

3

(% by balances)

21

24

27

31

33

35

36

37

39

Ma

r-

14

Se

p-

14

Ma

r-

15

Se

p-

15

Ma

r-

16

Se

p-

16

Ma

r-

17

Se

p-

17

Ma

r-

18

.

Linked to P&I mortgages

Linked to I/O mortgages

•68.5% of Westpac

borrowers are ahead

on their mortgage

repayments

Westpac Australian offset account balances

2

($bn)

12

6

6

24

Mar-18

Investment property loans -

incentivised to keep repayments

high for tax purposes

Accounts opened in the last 12

months

Loans with structural restrictions on

repayments e.g. fixed rate

Residual - less than 1 month

repayment buffer

Loans 'on time' and <1 month ahead (% of balances)

4.44

7.25

3

5

7

9

Mar-14

Sep-14

Mar-15

Sep-15

Mar-16

Sep-16

Mar-17

Sep-17

Mar-18

Westpac owner occupied SVR inc package

discount

Westpac minimum assessment ('floor') rate

1

Mortgage interest rate buffers (%)

•Borrowers applying

for a mortgage must

be able to service

the higher of either:

7.25% minimum

assessment rate;

or

Product rate plus

2.25% buffer

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Interest only portfolio

1 Flow is based on APRA definition. 2 I/O is interest only mortgage lending. P&I is principal and interest mortgage lending. 3 Interest rates as at 7 March 2018 for Westpac Rocket Repay Home Loan inclusive of Premier Advantage Package discount

assuming loan amount $250,000 - $499,999. 4 Excludes I/O loans that should have switched to P&I but for the previously announced mortgage processing error. 5 Excludes RAMS. Dynamic LVR is the loan-to-value ratio taking into account the

current loan balance, changes in security value, offset account balances and other loan adjustments. Property valuation source Australian Property Monitors.

78

Credit quality

Switching from I/O to P&I

2

($m) I/O

1

flows (% of total)

Scheduled I/O term expiry

4

(% of total I/O loans)


4.44

5.03

4.99

5.50

P&II/OP&II/O

Owner occupiedInvestor

Variable mortgage interest rates

3

(%)

15

7

2

31

18

5

14

7

2

60

32

8

<=60%60%<=80%>80%

Dynamic LVR bands (%)

>$250k

$100k - $250k

<$100k

Applicant gross income bands

Chart does not add due to rounding

Interest only lending by dynamic LVR

5

and income band (%)

3,004

3,447

3,911

3,623

4,261

7,913

4,717

4,044

3Q174Q171Q182Q18

Reached end of I/O periodCustomer initiated

35

23

22

24

43

26

22

23

3Q174Q171Q182Q18

ApplicationsSettlements

APRA 30% limit

at 31 March 2018

14

17

19

16

9

15

10

0<1 Yr1<2 Yrs2<3 Yrs3<4 Yrs4<5 Yrs5<10 Yrs10 Yrs+

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Performance of interest only mortgages

79

Credit quality

1 A surplus requirement measures the extent to which a borrower’s income exceeds loan repayments, expenses and other commitments, as assessed. 2 Weighted average LVR calculation takes into account size of outstanding balances. Excludes

RAMS. 3 Customer loans ahead on payments exclude equity/line of credit products as there are no scheduled principal payments.

Interest only lending

•Interest only (I/O) loans always assessed on a principal and interest basis

–Loans originated prior to 2015 were assessed on a principal and interest basis

over the full contractual term

–Loans originated from 2015 were assessed on a principal and interest basis

over the residual amortising term

•Current serviceability assessments also include an interest rate buffer (at least

2.25%), minimum assessment rate (7.25%) and a requirement to be in surplus

1

•I/O loans are full recourse

Interest only portfolio statistics as at 31 March 2018

•74% weighted average LVR of interest only loans at origination

2

(portfolio)

•65% of customers ahead of repayments (including offset accounts)

2,3

•Offset account balances attached to interest only loans represent 55% of offset

account balances

Interest only portfolio performance as at 31 March 2018

•90+ day delinquencies 58bps (compared to P&I portfolio 73bps)

•Annualised loss rate 2bps (net of insurance claims)

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

Mar-14Sep-14Mar-15Sep-15Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

I/OP&I

Australian mortgage portfolio delinquencies (%)

Australian interest only loan portfolio balances ($m)

Introduced new

hardship treatment

Increase in 90+ day delinquencies

includes impact of decreasing balances of

I/O loans as borrowers switch to P&I and

new flows have declined

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

0

50

100

150

200

250

Nov-14

Jan-15

Mar-15

May-15

Jul-15

Sep-15

Nov-15

Jan-16

Mar-16

May-16

Jul-16

Sep-16

Nov-16

Jan-17

Mar-17

May-17

Jul-17

Sep-17

Nov-17

Jan-18

Mar-18

I/O performing loans balance (lhs)

I/O 90+ day delinquencies balance (rhs)

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Investment property portfolio

80

Credit quality

1 Weighted average LVR calculation takes into account size of outstanding balances. Excludes RAMS. 2 Average LVR of new loans is on rolling 6 month window. 3 Dynamic LVR is the loan-to-value ratio taking into account the current loan balance,

changes in security value, offset account balances and other loan adjustments. Property valuation source Australian Property Monitors. 4 Includes amortisation. 5 Includes RAMS in 1H18. Customer loans ahead on payments exclude equity/line of

credit products as there are no scheduled principal payments. 6 Investor is as per APRA extended definition used for reporting against the 10% cap. 12 month rolling basis.

Investment property lending (IPL) portfolio Mar-17 Sep-17 Mar-18

Weighted

averages

LVR of IPL loans at origination

1

(%) 73 73 73

LVR of new IPL loans in the period

1,2

(%)


72 72 71

Dynamic


LVR

1,3

of IPL loans (%) 55 54 54

Average loan size

4

($’000) 309 313 318

Customers ahead on repayments

including offset accounts

1,5

(%)

61 59 58

90+ day delinquencies (bps) 47 49 53

Annualised loss rate (net of insurance claims) (bps) 2 3 2

0

10

20

30

40

50

0<=60

60<=7070<=7575<=8080<=8585<=9090<=9595<=97

97+

Owner occupiedIPL

0

5

10

15

20

25

<=50

50<=75

75<=100

100<=125125<=150150<=200200<=500

500<=1m

1m+

Owner occupiedIPL

Investment property portfolio by

number of properties per customer (%)

62

26

7

2

1

1

1

2

3

4

5

6+

Investor lending

6

growth remaining <10%

Mortgage lending growth (%)

4.4%

5.5%

9.8%

5.6%

Oct-16

Nov-16Dec-16

Jan-17

Feb-17

Mar-17

Apr-17

May-17

Jun-17

Jul-17

Aug-17Sep-17

Oct-17

Nov-17Dec-17

Jan-18

Feb-18

Mar-18

Investor (APRA Extended definition)Owner occupied

Australian mortgage portfolio at 31 March 2018 Australian mortgage portfolio at 31 March 2018

LVR at origination (%)

Mortgage applications by

gross income band (%)

Chart does not add to 100 due to rounding

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Australian mortgage deep dive

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Portfolio comprised of residential mortgages, excluding RAMS, and business mortgages originated via a separate platform such as construction loans and loans to SMSFs. 2 Dynamic LVR is the loan-to-value ratio taking into account the current

loan balance, changes in security value, offset account balances and other loan adjustments. Property valuation source Australian Property Monitors. 3 Based on a specific Rocket Repay rate offered during the period. Westpac Rocket Repay Home

Loan exclusive of discounts assuming loan amount $250,000 - $499,999. 4 Source, Westpac Economics, CoreLogic. All dwellings Australia - average 8 major capital cities. Prices to March 2018.


Australian mortgage lending

1

by origination date, dynamic LVR

2

and income (%)

81

22

7

2

38

12

4

12

3

1

72

21

7

<6060-80>80

39

6

2

35

7

3

8

1

81

14

5

<6060-80>80

12

13

3

23

25

6

10

7

2

44

45

11

<6060-80>80

% of portfolio at 31 March 2018 21 26 53

Westpac SVR

3

(%) (excl. discounts) 7.86 6.89 – 5.70 5.24

Westpac interest rate buffer (%) 1.80 1.80 2.25

Westpac interest rate floor (%) 6.80 6.80 7.25

House price changes

4

At least 39% 21% – 39% 0 – 21%

<2011 2011-14 2015+

Dynamic LVR

2

bands (%)

>$250k

$100k - $250k

<$100k


Gross income bands

Credit quality

Year of origination

Chart may not add due to rounding

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Lenders mortgage insurance arrangements

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 From 18 May 2015 WLMI underwrites all mortgage insurance, where required, on Westpac originated Mortgages. The in-force portfolio of loans includes mortgage insurance provided by external providers. 2 Prudential Capital Requirement (PCR)

calculated in accordance with APRA standards. 3 Insured coverage is net of quota share. 4 Low doc loans no longer sold. Refers to arrangements in place for legacy products. 5 Loss ratio is claims over the total earned premium plus exchange

commission. 6 LMI gross written premium includes loans >90% LVR reinsured with Arch Reinsurance Limited. 1H18 gross written premium includes $62m from the arrangement (2H17: $73m, 1H17: $107m).

Lenders mortgage insurance arrangements Lenders mortgage insurance

82

LVR Band Insurance

•LVR ≤80%

•Low doc

4

LVR ≤60%

Not required

•LVR >80% to ≤ 90%

•Low doc

4


LVR >60% to ≤ 80%

•Where insurance required, insured through captive insurer, WLMI

•LMI not required for certain borrower groups

•Reinsurance arrangements:

−40% risk retained by WLMI

−60% risk transferred through quota share arrangements with Arch Reinsurance

Limited, Tokio Millennium Re, Endurance Re, Everest Re, Trans Re, AWAC and

Capita 2232

•LVR >90% •100% reinsurance through Arch Reinsurance Limited

−Reinsurance arrangements see loans with LVR >90% insured through WLMI with

100% of risk subsequently transferred to Arch Reinsurance Limited

1H17 2H17 1H18

Insurance claims ($m) 3 9 6

WLMI claims ratio

5

(%) 7 27 20

WLMI gross written premiums

6

($m) 141 109 90

Insurance statistics

•Where mortgage insurance is required, mortgages

are insured through Westpac’s captive mortgage

insurer, Westpac Lenders Mortgage Insurance

1

(WLMI), and reinsured through external LMI

providers, based on risk profile

•WLMI is well capitalised (separate from bank

capital) and subject to APRA regulation. WLMI

targets a capitalisation ratio of 1.2x PCR

2

and has

consistently been above this target

•Scenarios indicate sufficient capital to fund claims

arising from events of severe stress – estimated

losses for WLMI from a 1 in 200 year event are

$110m net of re-insurance recoveries

(2H17: $117m)

84

9

7

Not insured

Insured by third

parties

Insured by WLMI

Westpac’s Australian

mortgage portfolio at 31 March 2018 (%)

3

Credit quality

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Mortgage portfolio stress testing outcomes

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Assumes 30% of LMI claims will be rejected in a stressed scenario. 2 Represents 1H18 actual losses of $48m annualised. 3 Stressed loss rates are calculated as a percentage of mortgage gross loans.

83

Credit quality

Australian mortgage portfolio stress testing

at 31 March 2018

Stressed scenario

Key assumptions Current Year 1 Year 2 Year 3

Portfolio size ($bn) 437 421 413 410

Unemployment rate (%) 5.5 11.6 10.6 9.6

Interest rates (cash rate, %) 1.50 0.25 0.25 0.25

House prices

(% change cumulative)

- (18.5) (29.7) (35.2)

Annual GDP growth (%) 2.7 (3.9) (0.2) 1.7

Stressed loss outcomes (net of LMI recoveries)

1

$ million


96

2

1,186 1,961 725

Basis points

3

2 28 48 18

•Westpac regularly conducts a range of portfolio stress tests as part of its

regulatory and risk management activities

•The Australian mortgage portfolio stress testing scenario assumes a severe

recession and assumes that significant reductions in consumer spending and

business investment lead to six consecutive quarters of negative GDP growth.

This results in a material increase in unemployment and nationwide falls in

property and other asset prices

•In 1H18 the percentage decline of house prices has been increased in the

economic scenario to better align with assumptions used across the industry

•Estimated Australian housing portfolio losses under these stressed conditions are

manageable and within the Group’s risk appetite and capital base

−Cumulative total losses of $3.5bn over three years for the uninsured portfolio

(FY17: $2.9bn)

−Cumulative claims on LMI, both WLMI and external insurers, of $911m over the

three years (FY17: $762m)

−Peak loss rate in year 2 has increased (48bps compared to 41bps at FY17)

mainly due to the increase in the severity of house price decline through the

severe scenario

−WLMI separately conducts stress testing to test the sufficiency of its capital

position to cover mortgage claims arising from a stressed mortgage

environment

•Capital targets incorporate buffers at the Westpac Group level that also consider

the combined impact on the mortgage portfolio and WLMI of severe stress

scenarios

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Capital, Funding

and Liquidity

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

30

29

30

32

34

37

38

37

39

38

40

41

43

42

44

9.0

8.4

8.8

9.0

9.5

10.2

10.5

10.1

9.5

9.3

10.0

10.0

10.6

10.1

10.5

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

Sep-14Dec-14

Mar-15

Jun-15

Sep-15Dec-15

Mar-16

Jun-16

Sep-16Dec-16

Mar-17

Jun-17

Sep-17Dec-17

Mar-18

Westpac CET1 capital (lhs, $bn)

Westpac CET1 capital ratio (rhs, %)

Well positioned for “Unquestionably strong”

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Domestic systemically important bank. 2 APRA’s revision to the calculation of RWA for Australian residential mortgages, which came into effect on 1 July 2016.

CET1 capital ratio (%) and CET1 capital ($bn)

(APRA basis)


Highlights

Capital, Funding and Liquidity

$bn %

APRA industry

guidelines 10.5%

unquestionably strong

10.5% CET1

ratio

RWA

movements

Well placed for

APRA’s

unquestionably

strong

benchmark

2H18 capital

developments

•CET1 capital ratio down 6bps from Sep 2017

•RWA increase from regulatory model changes

and portfolio growth partly offset by organic

capital generation

•RWA increased 3% mostly in credit risk

•Credit RWA up 3% mostly from regulatory model

changes

•10.5% unquestionably strong benchmark

•Proposed changes to framework released Feb

2018

•Impact studies to be concluded over 2018 and

2019, finalisation in 2019

•$566m of preference share conversion to

ordinary shares (~14bps increase)

•RWA headwinds ~30bps CET1 impact

Operational risk model overlay approximates

standardised approach (~$7.5bn RWA)

Modelling updates for mortgages

(~$4.0bn RWA)

•No material impact from transition to AASB 9

Impact of APRA’s

changes to

mortgage RWA

2

Building for 1%

DSIB

1

buffer

85

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Clarity on changes to the capital framework

are expected to emerge over 2018-2019

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1H18 2H18 2021 2020 2019

New Basel III framework Consult Finalise Implementation

Counterparty credit risk Finalise

Implement – 1 July

2019

Leverage ratio Consult Finalise

Implement – 1 July

2019

Standardised approach

to credit risk

Consult Consult and finalise Implementation

Advanced approach to

credit risk capital

Consult Consult and finalise Implementation

Measurement of capital Consult Finalise Implementation

Related party exposures Consult Finalise Implementation

Loss absorbing capacity Commence consult

86

Capital, Funding and Liquidity

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

10.5

12.8

14.8

16.1

19.1

21.7

CET1Tier 1Total

regulatory

capital

CET1Tier 1Total

regulatory

capital

CET1 capital ratio, top quartile globally

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Internationally comparable methodology aligns with the APRA study titled ‘International Capital Comparison Study’ dated 13 July 2015. For more details on adjustments refer page 91. 2 Group 1 banks BIS 75

th


percentile fully phased-in Basel III capital ratios from BIS monitoring report released 6 March 2018.

Key capital ratios (%) Capital ratios

BIS 75

th

percentile

2

APRA basis

Internationally comparable

1

basis

Mar-17 Sep-17 Mar-18

CET1 capital ratio 10.0 10.6 10.5

Additional Tier 1 capital 1.7 2.1 2.3

Tier 1 capital ratio 11.7 12.7 12.8

Tier 2 capital 2.3 2.1 2.0

Total regulatory capital ratio 14.0 14.8 14.8

Risk weighted assets (RWA)


($bn) 404 404 416

Leverage ratio 5.3 5.7 5.8

Internationally comparable ratios

1


Leverage ratio (internationally comparable) 6.0 6.3 6.4

CET1 capital ratio (internationally

comparable)

15.3 16.2 16.1

Capital, Funding and Liquidity

87

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

9.97

10.56

102

10.50

16.13

(70)

(8)

(5)

(22)

(2)

(1)

Mar-17

APRA

Sep-17

APRA

Cash

earnings

Final

dividend

(net of DRP)

Ordinary

RWA

growth

Other

movements

Regulatory

modelling

changes

FX

translation

impact

Defined

benefit

impact

Mar-18

APRA

Mar-18

Int. Comp.

CET1 capital ratio movements

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Internationally comparable methodology aligns with the APRA study titled ‘International Capital Comparison Study’ dated 13 July 2015.

CET1 capital ratio (% and bps)

Capital, Funding and Liquidity

Down 6 basis points

Mainly growth in credit

RWAs for mortgages

Organic +19bps

Other -25bps

1

Mostly modelling changes

for retail and securitisation

88

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

RWA increased from modelling changes and portfolio growth

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Movement in risk weighted assets ($bn)

Movement in credit risk weighted assets ($bn)

Capital, Funding and Liquidity

404.4

404.2

12.1

1.8

415.7

(0.7)

(0.4)

(1.3)

Mar-17Sep-17Credit riskMarket

risk

IRRBBOperational

risk

OtherMar-18

Up $11.5bn or 2.8%

Spread risk on the liquids portfolio

and repricing and yield curve risk

352.7

349.3

3.4

1.2

6.0

0.9

0.6 361.4

Mar-17Sep-17Business growthFX translation

impacts

Regulatory modelling

changes

Credit quality and

portfolio mix

Mark-to-marketMar-18

Up $12.1bn or 3.5%

Modelling changes for

retail and securitisation

See below

89

Translation impact,

mostly NZ$ loans

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Well placed on internationally comparable

CET1 and leverage ratios

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Peer group comprises listed commercial banks with assets in excess of A$700bn and which have disclosed fully implemented Basel III ratios or provided sufficient disclosure to estimate. Based on company reports/

presentations. Ratios at 31 Dec 2017, except for Westpac and ANZ which are at 31 Mar 2018, while Scotiabank, Bank of Montreal, Royal Bank of Canada and Toronto Dominion are at 31 Jan 2018. NAB CET1 ratio at

31 Mar 2018 and leverage ratio at 30 Sept 2017. For CET1, assumes Basel III capital reforms fully implemented. Leverage ratio is on a transitional basis. Where accrued expected dividends have been deducted,

these have been added back for comparability. US banks are excluded from leverage ratio analysis due to business model differences, for example from loans sold to US Government sponsored enterprises.

Common equity Tier 1 ratio (%)

Leverage ratio (%)

16.13%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

Nordea

Norinchukin Bank

CBA

ANZ

Westpac

RBS

Rabobank

BPCE

ING Group

HSBC

Lloyds

NAB

Commerzbank

Intesa Sanpaolo

Deutsche Bank

Standard Chartered

Unicredit

Barclays

Sumitomo Mitsui

China Construction Bank

Credit Suisse

ICBC

BNP Paribas

Citigroup

Credit Agricole SA

Mitsubishi UFG

JPMorgan Chase

China Merchants Bank

Mizuho FG

Wells Fargo

Societe Generale

Natixis

Bank of America

BBVA

Scotiabank

Bank of China

Bank of Montreal

Santander

Royal Bank of Canada

Bank of Communications

Agricultural Bank of China

Toronto Dominion Bank

6.39%

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

China Construction Bank

ICBC

Bank of China

Bank of Communications

Intesa Sanpaolo

BBVA

Westpac

China Merchants Bank

Agricultural Bank of China

ANZ

CBA

HSBC

Rabobank

NAB

Norinchukin Bank

RBS

Standard Chartered

Nordea

Unicredit

Credit Suisse

Lloyds

Commerzbank

Santander

BPCE

Mitsubishi UFG

Sumitomo Mitsui

BNP Paribas

ING Group

Barclays

Scotiabank

Credit Agricole SA

Societe Generale

Bank of Montreal

Mizuho FG

Royal Bank of Canada

Toronto Dominion Bank

Deutsche Bank

Natixis

Capital, Funding and Liquidity

90

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Internationally comparable capital ratio reconciliation

1 Methodology aligns with the APRA study titled “International capital comparison study", dated 13 July 2015.

Capital, Funding and Liquidity

(%)

Westpac’s CET1 capital ratio (APRA basis)


10.5

Equity investments Balances below prescribed threshold are risk weighted, compared to a 100% CET1 deduction under APRA’s requirements 0.5

Deferred tax assets Balances below prescribed threshold are risk weighted, compared to a 100% CET1 deduction under APRA’s requirements 0.3

Interest rate risk in the banking

book (IRRBB)

APRA requires capital to be held for IRRBB. The BCBS does not have a Pillar 1 capital requirement for IRRBB 0.4

Residential mortgages

Loss given default (LGD) of 15%, compared to the 20% LGD floor under APRA’s requirements. APRA also applies a

correlation factor for mortgages higher than the 15% factor prescribed in the Basel rules

1.8

Unsecured non-retail exposures LGD of 45%, compared to the 60% or higher LGD under APRA’s requirements 0.7

Non-retail undrawn commitments Credit conversion factor of 75%, compared to 100% under APRA’s requirements 0.5

Specialised lending


Use of internal-ratings based (IRB) probabilities of default (PD) and LGDs for income producing real estate and project

finance exposures, reduced by application of a scaling factor of 1.06. APRA applies higher risk weights under a supervisory

slotting approach, but does not require the application of the scaling factors

0.8

Currency conversion threshold

Increase in the A$ equivalent concessional threshold level for small business retail and small to medium enterprise

corporate exposures

0.2

Capitalised expenses

APRA requires these items to be deducted from CET1. The BCBS only requires exposures classified as intangible assets

under relevant accounting standards to be deducted from CET1

0.4

Internationally comparable CET1 capital ratio 16.1

Internationally comparable Tier 1 capital ratio 19.1

Internationally comparable total regulatory capital ratio 21.7

APRA’s Basel III capital requirements are more conservative than those of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS), leading to lower reported

capital ratios by Australian banks. In July 2015, APRA published a study that compared the major banks’ capital ratios against a set of international peers

1

.

The following details the adjustments from this study and how Westpac’s APRA Basel III CET1 capital ratio aligns to an internationally comparable ratio

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

91

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Optimising returns by actively managing capital

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Average interest-earning assets. 2 Divisional capital and divisional ROE for 1H17 and 2H17 have been restated to enable comparability with 1H18.

•ROE is a key measure of performance for the

Group and across divisions

•Westpac seeking to achieve a ROE of 13 - 14%

Incorporates a margin above the cost of

capital

Generates sufficient capital for growth

•Group ROE 37bps higher compared to 2H17

with cash earnings up 5% and average equity

up 3%

•Leverage lower from the increased average

ordinary equity (AOE)

•Divisional capital allocation refined in 2018

$6bn additional capital allocated to divisions

Prior periods restated to enable

comparability to 1H18

•Key changes included:

Higher capital allocated to Consumer Bank

and Business Bank, principally due to more

capital being allocated to mortgages

A reduction in capital allocated to WIB from

lower risk weights for certain corporate

exposures


Return on equity (ROE) is important Return on AIEA

1

(%) Divisional capital and ROE

2

Capital, Funding and Liquidity

92

Allocated capital ($bn) 1H17 2H17 1H18

Total Group (including

intangibles)

57.7 59.4 61.1

Consumer Bank 14.1 16.4 17.6

Business Bank 11.9 11.9 12.5

BTFG 3.5 3.6 3.5

WIB 9.2 8.4 8.2

Westpac NZ (A$) 4.6 4.6 4.6

Return on equity (%) 1H17


2H17


1H18


Total Group


14.0 13.6 14.0

Consumer Bank 17.1 16.0 16.1

Business Bank 13.1 14.2 14.1

BTFG 13.6 12.5 14.4

WIB 12.9 11.7 12.6

Westpac NZ (A$) 17.1 18.8 17.4

2007


1H17


2H17


1H18


Net interest

margin


2.16 2.07 2.10 2.17

Non-interest

income

1.29 0.82 0.73 0.74

Operating

expenses

(1.55) (1.21) (1.21) (1.22)

Impairment

charges

(0.16) (0.13) (0.09) (0.10)

Tax and non-

controlling

interests

(0.53) (0.47) (0.47) (0.48)

Cash earnings

(return on AIEA)

1.20 1.08 1.06 1.11

Leverage

(AIEA/AOE)

19.9x 12.9x 12.8x 12.6x

Return on equity 23.84 13.95 13.59 13.96

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Well progressed on FY18 term funding, $21bn raised to date

1 Based on residual maturity and FX spot currency translation. Includes all debt issuance with contractual maturity greater than 13 months excluding US Commercial Paper and Yankee Certificates of Deposit. 2 Westpac public benchmark

transactions and excludes ASX-listed Additional Tier 1 transaction. 3 Contractual maturity date for hybrids and callable subordinated instruments is the first scheduled conversion date or call date for the purposes of this disclosure. 4 Tenor

excludes RMBS and ABS. 5 Perpetual sub-debt has been included in >FY23 maturity bucket. Maturities exclude securitisation amortisation.

65

20

5

8

3

By type

Senior unsecuredCovered bonds

SecuritisationHybrid

Subordinated debt

20

29

21

23

8

By investor location

2

Asia & Middle EastAustralia & NZ

EuropeNorth America

UK

40

29

20

4

7

By currency

AUDUSDEUR

GBPOther

33

31

42

37

21

12

28

27

29

21

12

28

FY14FY15FY16FY17FY18

YTD

FY18FY19FY20FY21FY22FY23

>FY23

Sub debtSenior/SecuritisationHybridCovered bond

Issuance Maturities

Charts may not add to 100 due to rounding.

remaining


New term issuance composition

1

(%)

Term debt issuance and maturity profile

1,3,5

($bn)

93

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

11

33

56

By tenor

3,4

3 Years5 Years

>5 years

7

4

8

25

30

25

17

11

44

40

45

30

33

18

25

28

43

56

FY14FY15FY16FY171H18

>5years

5 years

4 years

3 years

2 years

1 years

4.7yrs 4.9yrs 5.4yrs 5.8yrs

New term issuance by tenor

3,4

(%)

7.0yrs

WAM

4

Capital, Funding and Liquidity

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Funding and liquidity metrics

1 Includes long term wholesale funding with a residual maturity less than or equal to 1 year. 2 Equity excludes FX translation, Available-for-Sale securities and Cash Flow Hedging Reserves. 3 LCR is calculated as the percentage ratio of stock of

HQLA and CLF over the total net cash outflows in a modelled 30 day defined stressed scenario. Calculated on a spot basis. HQLA includes HQLA as defined in APS 210, RBNZ eligible liquids, less RBA open repos funding end of day ESA balances

with the RBA. Committed Liquidity Facility or CLF is made available to Australian Authorised Deposit-taking Institutions by the RBA that, subject to qualifying conditions, can be accessed to meet LCR requirements under APS210 – Liquidity. Other flows

include credit and liquidity facilities, collateral outflows and inflows from customers. 4 Other includes derivatives and other assets. 5 Other loans includes off balance sheet exposures and residential mortgages >35% risk weight. 6 NSFR as at 30

September 2017 was estimated based on APRA guidelines. NSFR became effective in Australia on 1 January 2018.

94

Funding composition by residual maturity (%)

44

62

62

5

8

8

1

1

1

10

11

12

4

4

4

20

8

8

16

6

5

Sep-08Sep-17Mar-18

Wholesale Onshore <1yr

Wholesale Offshore <1yr

Wholesale Onshore >1yr

Wholesale Offshore >1yr

Securitisation

Equity

Customer deposits

Net stable funding ratio at 31 March 2018 (NSFR, $bn)

Available Stable FundingRequired Stable Funding

594

529

Capital

Retail &

SME

deposits

Corporate &

Institutional

deposits

Wholesale

funding and

other liabilities

Residential

mortgages

≤35% risk

weight

Other

loans

5

Liquids

and other

4

Liquidity coverage ratio

3

(%)

98.0

121.0

96.0

129.0

Net cash outflowsLiquid assetsNet cash outflowsLiquid assets

LCR 124% LCR 134%

30 September 2017 31 March 2018

Customer deposits High Quality Liquid Assets

Wholesale funding Committed Liquidity Facility

Other flows

NSFR

30 Sep 2017

6

109%

31 Mar 2018 112%

2

1

1

Capital, Funding and Liquidity

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours


Divisional Results

In the divisional results, prior periods financial results have been restated to

ensure they are reported on the same basis as 1H18

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Consumer Bank – growing the franchise

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Refer page 137 for metric definition and details of provider.

1,531

1,624

79

60

1,717

(3)

(3)

(40)

1H172H17

Net interest income

Non-interest income

Operating expenses

Impairment charges

Tax and NCI

1H18

1H17 2H17 1H18

Change on

2H17

Revenue ($m)

4,110 4,341 4,417

2%

Net interest margin (%)

2.27 2.36 2.37

1bp

Expense to income (%)

40.2 39.8 39.2

(61bps)

Customer deposit to loan ratio (%)

52.8 53.1 52.7

(40bps)

Stressed assets to TCE (%)

0.66 0.64 0.65

1bp

1H17 2H17 1H18

Change

on 2H17

Total customers (#m)

9.0 9.2 9.3 1%

Active digital customers (#m)

3.8 4.0 4.1 3%

Total branches (#)

1,059 1,046 1,025

(21)

Customer satisfaction

1


7.6

(=2

nd

)

7.6

(=2

nd

)

7.6

(=2

nd

)


-

Net promoter score (NPS)

1

6mma

-2.5 (3

rd

) 0.9 (4

th

) 0.3 (3

rd

)

Up 1 place

Key operating metrics

Key financial metrics Cash earnings ($m)

96

Consumer

AIEA up 2%, margin up 1bp from improved

term deposit spreads and lower wholesale

funding costs, partly offset by a change in

mortgage portfolio mix and full period impact

of the Bank Levy

Lower ATM and transaction fees,

lower credit card interchange fees,

partly offset by provisions for

customer payments and refunds in

2H17 not repeated

Up $93m or 6%

Driven by reduction in

unsecured loans

impairments

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

A disciplined 1H18 performance

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Revenue per FTE ($’000) Loans ($bn) & deposit to loan ratio (%) Expense to income ratio (%)

Core earnings ($m) Cash earnings ($m) Revenue ($m)

97

Consumer

4,025

4,106

4,110

4,341

4,417

1H162H161H172H171H18

2,367

2,452

2,459

2,614

2,687

1H162H161H172H171H18

1,459

1,552

1,531

1,624

1,717

1H162H161H172H171H18

41.2

40.3

40.2

39.8

39.2

1H162H161H172H171H18

395

401

398

422

428

1H162H161H172H171H18

341

353

360

370

379

52.2

52.5

52.8

53.1

52.7

Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

LoansCustomer deposit to loan ratio

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Improving the customer experience through digital and new products

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

98

Consumer

Concierge tool New ways of connecting - Alexa Making digital easier

Wearables Payments via Sharing Rewarding customers

•A tablet based tool that allows bankers to

identify and attend to customer needs while

improving appointment workflow

•Supports the increased digitisation of the

branch network and enables banker mobility

•Pilot underway, on track to commence roll out

to St.George branches in Second Half 2018

•Access account balance, recent spending

history, and reward points status with

Amazon’s virtual assistant – Alexa

•Financial market updates available for

customers to include in their daily news feed


•Launched PayWear, a wearable, waterproof

payments device providing a hands free way

to pay without needing to carry a wallet or a

phone. 45,000 on issue at March 2018


•Fitbit MasterCard launched Dec 2017

•iMessaging Make

payments, obtain cardless

cash code and share

account details using

iPhone iMessage app


•Enabling customers to

use internet banking from

day 1

•A further 500k accounts

elected e-statements

during 1H18

•Almost 800k St.George

customers elected to

receive correspondence

electronically in 1H18

•Westpac Extras Rewards & Offers provides

debit and credit card customers with merchant

discounts and rewards, via Westpac Live

•Launched in March 2018, ~900k unique visits

in first month

•Average $7.5k per week in cashback offers

redeemed by customers since launch

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Business Bank, another solid result

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Refer page 137 for metric definition and details of provider.

958

1,045

46

5

6

1,080

(9)

(13)

1H172H17

Net interest income

Non-interest income

Operating expenses

Impairment charges

Tax and NCI

1H18

1H17 2H17 1H18

Change

on 2H17

Revenue ($m)

2,467 2,559 2,610

2%

Net interest margin (%)

2.70 2.74 2.78

4bps

Expense to income (%) 36.4 36.0 35.6

(36bps)

Customer deposit to loan ratio (%)

69.9 71.6 71.4

(23bps)

Stressed assets to TCE (%)

2.29 2.13 2.48

35bps

1H17 2H17 1H18

Change

on 2H17

Total business customers (‘000’s)

1,049 1,073 1,085

1%

Customer satisfaction

1

(rank)

=#1 #1 #1

-

Customer satisfaction - SME

1

(rank)

#2 #1 #1

-

Customers migrated to simplified

products (‘000’s)

n/a 110 257

147

Key operating metrics

Key financial metrics Cash earnings ($m)

99

Business

Margins up 4bps from improved

deposit spreads and repricing of some

mortgages in the prior year

Higher line fees

Lower impaired downgrades

in the commercial portfolio

Increased

regulatory and

compliance costs

Up $35m or 3%

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

A disciplined 1H18 performance

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Revenue per FTE ($’000) Loans ($bn) & deposit to loan ratio (%) Expense to income ratio (%)

Core earnings ($m) Cash earnings


($m) Revenue ($m)

100

Business

2,408

2,447

2,467

2,559

2,610

1H162H161H172H171H18

1,523

1,558

1,570

1,638

1,680

1H162H161H172H171H18

931

954

958

1,045

1,080

1H162H161H172H171H18

36.8

36.3

36.4

36.0

35.6

1H162H161H172H171H18

791

780

775

811

826

1H162H161H172H171H18

142

146

146

149

152

67.1

68.6

69.9

71.6

71.4

Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

LoansCustomer deposit to loan ratio

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Transforming the Business Bank

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

eDocs for Westpac SME bankers

•Launched eDocs to reduce loan deal preparation time

and accelerate customer acceptance, resulting in a

faster time to cash

Industry insights and risk grading

•Through Optimist, our credit risk management tool,

bankers can prepare file reviews more efficiently,

better assess customer financial needs and provide

insights to customers based on industry benchmarks

•Currently providing this service for the legal sector

and rolling out to further industries in 2H18

LOLA for St.George

•Expanded the Group’s online lending origination

platform (LOLA) to St.George SME bankers

•The system simplifies and speeds up loan origination

Investing in bankers

101

Investment in digital capabilities continues to support

growth of digital channels

New online capabilities include:

•Ability to open savings or transaction accounts

online and unlock a debit card in less than 5 minutes

for existing single director and sole trader customers

in St.George

•Customers can maintain and update details and

manage access to their accounts by third parties.

Over 1,000 banker-intensive work requests have

been automated

Digital for customers

Presto Smart

•An integrated payment solution enabling merchants

to link payments from a range of sources to their

payment terminal

•Removes the need for manual input and

reconciliations and speeds up the sales process

Targeted product range

•Continue to streamline and simplify deposit products,

making it easier for customers and bankers

•147,000 customers moved to simpler deposit

products in 1H18

Simpler merchant pricing

•Launched a simpler pricing plan for St.George

customers’ merchant terminals

Payment and transaction solutions

Business

Empowering more customers

with online capabilities such as

account opening, overdraft

access and servicing

Helping customers take

and make payments, meet cash

flow shortfalls and manage

payables and receivables

Enabling bankers to build great

customer relationships through industry

insights, paperless processes, simplified

products and innovative technologies

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

379

368

53

26

404

(11)

(12)

(12)

(19)

1H17

Cash earnings impact

of BTIM sell down

1H17

Funds Management

Income

Insurance income

Capital and other

income

Expenses

Tax and NCI

1H18

BTFG, a leading wealth provider responding to industry change

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Includes $11m of revenue ($4m cash earnings) from the management of Group Insurance for BTFG Corporate Super. 2 Represents income on invested capital required for regulatory purposes primarily for Life Insurance entities. 3 Refer page 137

for wealth metrics provider. 4 Strategic Insight, All Master Funds Admin at Dec 17 (for 1H18), at Jun 17 (for 2H17), at Dec 16 (for 1H17) and represents the BT market share at these times. 5 Strategic Insight (Individual Risk) rolling 12 month average.

New sales includes sales, premium re-rates, age and CPI indexation Dec 17. 6 At 1 Jan 18, Westpac Life Insurance Services Limited became the preferred insurer for BTFG Corporate Super members. Life insurance in-force premium at Mar 18

consists $1,000m retail, $276m Group Life Insurance (2H17: $993m retail, $75m Group Life insurance; 1H17: $966 m, $64m Group Life insurance). 7 Internally calculated from APRA quarterly general insurance performance statistics, Dec 17.


1H17 2H17 1H18

Change

on 2H17

Revenue ($m)

1,131 1,124 1,183

5%

Expense to income (%)

52.1% 54.3% 50.8%

Large

Total funds ($bn) (spot)

191.5 191.4 197.7

3%

Loans ($bn) (spot)

19.3 20.1 20.8

3%

Deposits ($bn) (spot)

29.7 30.7 31.7

3%

1H17 2H17 1H18

Change

on 2H17

Customers with a wealth product

3

(%) 18 18 18 (4bps)

Planners (salaried & aligned) (#) (spot)

1,094 1,011 939 (7%)

Platform FUA market share

4

(inc. Corp Super) (%)


19 19 18 (50bps)

Platform gross flows market share

4


(inc. Corp Super) (%)


20 21 21 40bps

Life Insurance market share

5

(%)


12 12 11 (40bps)

Life Insurance in-force premiums

6

($m)

1,030 1,068 1,276 19%

H&C insurance market share

7

(%)

6 6 6 (20bps)

General Insurance gross written premiums ($m) 250 258 251 (3%)

Key operating metrics ($m)

Key financial metrics Cash earnings ($m)

102

BT Financial Group


2



Up $36m or 10%

Loans up 8%, deposits up 7%,

average funds up 8%. Partly

offset by margin compression

and lower Advice revenue

Higher insurance premiums

Retail Life in-force: up 4%

H&C GWP: up 4%

Lower weather related claims


1

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Sound fundamentals

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Includes CCI gross written premiums of $16m in 1H18 (2H17:$21m; 1H17:$25m; 2H16:$25m; 1H16:$24m) 2 Retail Platforms market share sourced from Strategic Insight, All Master Funds Admin segment and represents the BT Wealth business

market share disclosed in Strategic Insight as at December 2017. 3 Strategic Insights December 2017. 4 Market share is Retail life insurance new sales.

Life insurance lapse rates

3

(%) Life insurance market share

3,4

(%) Retail platforms market share

2,3

(%)

Insurance premiums ($m) Insurance claims rates (%) Funds ($bn)

103

BT Financial Group

245

258

250

258

251

868

910

966

993

1,000

59

63

64

75

276

927

973

1,030

1,068

1,276

1H162H161H172H171H18

Group in-force premiums

Retail in-force premiums

General Insurance gross written premiums¹

50

49

71

35

54

34

38 38

35

44

1H162H161H172H171H18

General InsuranceLife Insurance

Dec-13Dec-14Dec-15Dec-16Dec-17

WBCPeer 1

Peer 2Avg next top 4

Dec-13Dec-14Dec-15Dec-16Dec-17

WBCPeer 1

Peer 2Market Avg

Dec-13Dec-14Dec-15Dec-16Dec-17

WBCPeer 1

Peer 2Avg next top 4

102.5

108.9

113.3

115.3

118.6

33.0

34.4

35.8

36.2

37.4

30.6

32.1

38.4

36.4

38.0

3.6

3.8

4.0

3.5

3.7

169.7

179.2

191.5

191.4

197.7

Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

PlatformsSuperannuationPackaged fundsOther

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Digitally enhancing customer experiences

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 As at 26 April 2018. 2 For strategies covered under BT Assure. 3 Change is on 1H18 vs 1H17. 4 Canstar April 2018.

104

Digitising insurance

Home and contents (H&C)

insurance policies are now

accessible online providing

customers access to more

sophisticated and tailored

solutions


Tablet and mobile capability

launched in June 2017

41%

3


H&C online sales



8%

3

Motor and travel

online sales

New claims & product admin platform;

new front end online service solutions for

Life insurance products


Digital interface with medical

professional; launch of Medical

e-Certificate – ‘e-Cert’.

TFN on file, usage allowed

“World Finance Global Insurance Award” – World Finance,

3

rd

year running

“Life Insurance Company of the Year”- Australian Insurance Awards

“Best Claims Outcome & Customer Experience” – Australian

Insurance Awards

“Underwriting team of the Year” - AFA/Strategic Insights Awards

“Best Application Process” - AFA/Strategic Insights Awards

Customer offering enhancements

BT SuperCheck allows customers to

search for their lost super in 60 seconds

with results straight to their phone

$267m

Funds rolled over

through SuperCheck

in 1H18

131

Super Invest accounts

active on Panorama

since launch

1



Statement of Advice

(SOA) produced in

5days

2

BT Assure is a tool delivering

advice digitally improving

customer outcomes and

advisor productivity

BT Super Invest is a direct

superannuation product that launched on

13 March 2018 and allows customers to

be more involved in managing their

investments

“Best HNW Private Banking Company – Australia & Excellence

Award in Wealth ” – International Finance Awards

“Outstanding Private Bank $1M - $10M plus – Westpac Private

Bank” – Australian Business Banking Awards


“Heron Partnership - 5 Star Quality Rating” – awarded to Asgard

Elements, eWRAP and Infinity Super and Pension



Winner of the

CANSTAR

Innovation

Excellence

Award

4

BT Financial Group

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Panorama: an innovative wealth management system

for customers and advisors



















Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Unique end-to-end solution

from establishment,

administration to reporting

Personal Super for advised

and direct customers

Investment, superannuation

and pension with integrated

insurance

One Core

operating

system

One of the first platforms to

support complex account types

online, such as SMSFs



105

BT Financial Group

4,274

6,640

11,778

17,608

Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

2,719

3,936

6,713

9,363

Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18



















2,173

3,217

4,305

5,332

Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

834

969

1,355

1,584

Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

Up 244%

Up 90% Up 145%

Up 312%

FUA on Panorama ($m) Investors on Panorama (#)

SMSF funds on Panorama (#) Advisers using Panorama (#)

A direct investment offer,

integrated with Westpac Live

“Best Technology Offering”

2018 Conexus Financial Superannuation

Awards

Insurance

Super

SMSFs

Investments

•$9.4bn - FUA on the Panorama platform

•“Click to Chat” – enhancing digital capabilities

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

WIB performance reflects continued disciplined execution

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 WIB customer revenue is lending revenue, deposit revenue, sales and fee income. Excludes trading, derivative valuation adjustments and Hastings. 2 Excludes Westpac Pacific revenue and FTE.

Key operating metrics

Key financial metrics Cash earnings ($m)

106

Westpac Institutional Bank

629

530

551

3

5

9

4

flat

1H172H17

Net interest income

Non-interest income

Operating expenses

Impairment charges

Tax and NCI

1H18

Higher markets income

offset by the timing of

fees in Hastings

Disciplined growth in

lending (up 3%) and

deposits (up 7%)

NIM 4bps lower

Continued sound

asset quality

Up $21m or 4%

1H17 2H17 1H18

Change on

2H17

Revenue ($m)

1,614 1,421 1,424 -

Net interest margin (NIM) (%)

1.56 1.62 1.58 (4bps)

Expense to income ratio (%)

41.6 47.9 47.4 (45bps)

Customer deposit to loan ratio (%)

137.6 124.3 130.0 large

Stressed assets to TCE (%)

0.59 0.55 0.52 (3bps)

1H17 2H17 1H18

Change on

2H17

Customer revenue

1

/ total revenue (%) 78.5 86.7 87.1 40bps

Trading revenue / total revenue (%) 15.2 5.0 11.3 large

Revenue per FTE ($’000)

2

888 791 794 -

Deposits ($bn) 98.5 92.1 98.9 7%

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Maintaining focus on returns, balance sheet in good shape

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Deposits

•Deposits up 7% due to

growth in Australian term

deposits and offshore term

deposits, supporting lending

growth in Asia

Net loans

•3% increase in loans

primarily reflects lending to

support customers in Asia


Margin

•Net interest margin declined

4 basis points to 1.58%

primarily from the full period

impact of the Bank Levy

(3 basis points)


ROE

•Continued balance sheet

and RWA discipline reflected

in 1H18 return on average

equity 12.6% (2H17: 11.7%)

•WIB portfolio continues

to see low levels of

stress

•Impaired assets to TCE

0.04%, down 3bps, with

no new large impaired

assets emerging over

1H18

•Impairment provisions

to impaired assets

Mar-18: 63.7%

Sep-17: 46.5%

Mar-17: 66.6%

Expense control Disciplined balance sheet management

107

4.6

2.6

2.1

1.2

0.9

0.8

0.9

0.6

0.5

.

Watchlist & substandard

90+ days past due and not impaired

Impaired

Westpac Institutional Bank

Stressed exposures as a % of TCE

WIB expenses ($m)

•Expenses down 1%

reflecting both ongoing

discipline and productivity

initiatives, including

refinement of the division’s

operating model

71.6

74.1

76.1

81.7

78.2

77.3

Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

Net loansRWA

98.5

92.1

98.9

Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

WIB deposits ($bn)

WIB net loans and RWA ($bn)

671

680

675

Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

Portfolio stress remains at historically low levels

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

To replace icon, simply select and

delete the icon and replace with one

from the ‘Editable Elements’ section of

this template.

Building on the strength of our franchise with

a focus on transactional banking and liquidity management

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

108

Westpac Institutional Bank

First Half 2018


Franchise


Strength


Banker to 91% of the ASX top 100

99.8% transactional banking retention

rate

1

Largest banker to the Australian/NZ public

sector, providing significant scale and

ability to reinvest in capabilities

Retained Government contracts

•Victorian Government extended its banking

contract with Westpac for a further 2 years

Public infrastructure expertise

•Lead arranger and underwriter on Melbourne's

$6 billion Metro Tunnel Project PPP and lead

arranger on the $1.8 billion Western Roads

Upgrade PPP

Supporting infrastructure development

•More than $1 billion new funding commitments

supporting over $9.5bn in capital investment in

Australian infrastructure and energy projects

Committed to clean energy targets

•Leading bank supporting new large scale

renewable energy projects (by funding

commitments)

2

•Financed over 800MW of new renewable energy

projects, which when complete, will generate

electricity to power over 500,000 homes

Developing solutions for customers to

enhance data management capabilities

and increase efficiency

Digitising sales, service, and back-office

processes

Market-leading straight through

processing for FX transactions

Track record of delivering innovative

industry and policy solutions

Significant transactional banking

investment

Partnering with fintechs to deliver new

technologies and increase delivery speed

Enhanced liquidity and working capital

management

•New digital liquidity management platform will

make it easier for corporate and institutional

customers to manage their liquidity and

working capital

•Customers will have the capabilities of a bank

“in-house”, including account opening, liquidity

transfers between subsidiaries and other legal

entities, intra-day sweeps, payments and

collections

•Will provide a single view of cash positions

across the whole organisation

•Giving greater flexibility and control over

banking through an intuitive, user-friendly

interface

First to market with Corporate Loan Portal

•Online portal providing customers with greater

visibility and control over their loans, now with

150 customers in the pipeline

Insights-driven analytics

•Westpac Institutional Data Analytics is partnering

with State Governments, providing data science

services to support transport infrastructure

planning and the promotion of key industries

including tourism

•150 APIs developed through Qvalent in the last

year to enable flexibility and customisation of

payments, receivables, and reconciliation

reporting

New technologies

•Successful testing of bank guarantees using

distributed ledger technology

Payment solutions for Government and

Education sectors

•Over 1 million online transactions processed for

the NSW Department of Education in 2017,

almost double 2016 volumes

•Enables parents in more than half of all NSW

schools to make online payments, reducing cash

in schools and cash handling costs

1 Transactional banking relationships retention rate defined as the percentage of transactional relationships at the start of 1H18 that were retained through to the end of the period. 2 Source: IJ Global League Tables.

Service Efficiency Innovation

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

NZ transformation delivering

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Refer page 137 for metric definition.

463

508

23

7

19

482

(8)

(67)

1H172H17

Net interest income

Non-interest income

Operating expenses

Impairment charges

Tax and NCI

1H18

1H17 2H17 1H18

Change on

2H17

Revenue (NZ$m)

1,098 1,151 1,166

1%

Net interest margin (%)

1.96 2.09 2.15

6bps

Expense to income (%) 44.4 41.3 40.1

(113bps)

Customer deposit to loan ratio (%)

74.2 75.5 77.9

233bps

Stressed assets to TCE (%)

2.41 2.06 1.86 (20bps)

1H17 2H17 1H18

Change on

2H17

Customers (#m) 1.36 1.35 1.36 0.01

Branches


170 169 164 (5)

Consumer NPS

1

6 2 9 +7

Business NPS

1

10 5 17 +12

Agri NPS

1

43 54 52 (2)

FUM and FUA (NZ$bn) (spot)


9.7 10.1 10.3 2%

Service quality – complaints (000’s) 11.4 9.6 8.5

(11%)

Key operating metrics

Key financial metrics Cash earnings (NZ$m)

109

New Zealand

Down $26m or 5%

Loans up 2%, deposits up 5%.

Margins higher from repricing of

mortgages and business lending,

partly offset by lower deposit spreads

Productivity savings and

lower transformation costs

partly offset by business as

usual cost increases

Write-backs from large

facilities in 2H17 not repeated

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

New Zealand key metrics

1

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 All figures in NZ$ unless otherwise indicated.

Net interest margin (%) Loans ($bn) & deposit to loan ratio (%) Expense to income ratio (%)

Core earnings ($m) Cash earnings ($m) Revenue ($m)

110

New Zealand

1,110

1,132

1,098

1,151

1,166

1H162H161H172H171H18

635

653

611

676

698

1H162H161H172H171H18

452

434

463

508

482

1H162H161H172H171H18

42.8

42.3

44.4

41.3

40.1

1H162H161H172H171H18

2.18

2.13

1.96

2.09

2.15

1H162H161H172H171H18

72

75

77

77

79

76.6

76.6

74.2

75.5

77.9

Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

LoansCustomer deposit to loan ratio

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

3.4m

3.1m

2.7m

2.4m

2.2m

1H162H161H172H171H18

Improving the digital customer experience

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Financial transactions refers to customer initiated withdrawals, deposits, transfers and payments across all channels. 2 Source: Finalta Sales Effectiveness Benchmark Study 2017. 3 Digital sales have been

restated to reflect all consumer products including Wealth. 4 OTC is over-the-counter.

Digital sales

3

(% of total sales) OTC

4

transactions Digitally active customers (#’000’s)

Consumer digital experience Declining branch


transactions Business digital experience

111

New Zealand

723

736

758

772

791

1H162H161H172H171H18

Up 4%

18

16

18

26 26

1H162H161H172H171H18

Up 8ppts

Down 19%

•Single online business banking platform, Westpac

One Business, developed. Pilot commenced in

November 2017, with additional functionality to be

rolled-out in 2H18

•Application programming interface (API) platforms

enables business customers to complete customer

initiated secure online payment transactions

•Value Me program launched in 1H18, providing

customers with personalised banking solutions

and recommendations based on individual banking

behaviour

•Launched Wes (our online chat-bot), in October

2017, which responds to customer questions in

real-time. Personalised account query

functionality is being developed


•3.4% of financial transactions

1

for WNZL are

completed via a branch, compared with NZ average

of 4.1% and UK average 7.8%

2


•Transformation supported by our people, customer

education programs, digital ambassadors and

learning tools

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Balance sheet drivers

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

New Zealand deposits (NZ$bn)

New Zealand customer deposits (NZ$bn) and % of total

New Zealand net loans (NZ$bn)

New Zealand customer loans (NZ$bn) and % of total

112

New Zealand

76.5

77.3

0.9

0.9 79.1

Mar-17Sep-17ConsumerBusinessMar-18

28

30

32

17

15

15

12

13

15

57

58

62

Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

Transaction

Savings

Term deposits

51

25

24

Up 1% Up 5%

46

47

48

2

2

2

29

28

29

77

77

79

Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

Business

Personal

Mortgage

60

3

37

Up 1%

Up 2%

56.8

58.4

1.2

2.0 61.6

Mar-17Sep-17ConsumerBusinessMar-18

Up 5% Up 2%

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

4.40

3.90

6.12

6.55

6.50

0.25

0.40

0.40

0.30

0.40

$0

$1

$2

$3

$4

$5

$6

$7

$8

$9

$10

2014/152015/162016/172017/182018/19

Kg Ms

DividendMilk price

14

8

59

5

4

10

Property

Manufacturing

Agriculture,

forestry & fishing

Wholesale trade

Construction

Other

2.6

3.4

2.2

1.5

0.9

1.1

0.8

0.7

0.5

0.4

0.3

0.4

0.2

0.3

0.2

0.3

0.0

0.1

0.2

0.1

0.0

0.2

0.1

0.1

12.8

9.6

4.4

3.2

2.3

2.3

2.4

2.9

5.0

4.8

4.0

3.4

15.6

13.2

6.8

4.9

3.3

3.6

3.4

3.7

5.5

5.3

4.4

3.9

Sep-10Sep-11Sep-12Sep-13Sep-14Mar-15Sep-15Mar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18

Impaired

90+ day past due not impaired

Watchlist & substandard

Stressed exposures lower as dairy portfolio improves

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

1 Large reduction in stressed exposures from Sep 2011 to Sep 2012 due primarily to transfer of WIB assets during 2012. 2 Includes impaired exposures. 3 Source: Fonterra.

113

Business stressed exposures as a % of New Zealand business TCE

Agribusiness portfolio Milk price & Fonterra dividend

3

(NZ$) Summary

New Zealand

Mar-17 Sep-17 Mar-18

TCE (NZ$bn) 8.6 8.9 8.9

Agriculture as a % of

total TCE

8.0 8.2 8.0

% of portfolio graded

as ‘stressed’

2

16.9 13.5 12.1

% of portfolio in

impaired

0.44 0.41 0.50















Westpac

Economics

forecast















•Dairy portfolio’s risk grade profile is

improving following favourable milk price

movements

•Focus remains on supporting existing dairy

customers with proven long-term financial

viability

•Expect portfolio to continue improving as

high milk price translates to cash flow

although some land-price risks are evident

1

FONT SIZES
IDP TEMPLATE

Charts: 10pt │Tables: 12pt │ Text boxes: 12pt │ Text box headings: 14pt

R73

G87

B97

R228

G26

B18

R175

G38

B22

R73

G19

B56

R147

G147

B147

R84

G49

B78

R59

G12

B44

R139

G15

B9

R104

G9

B6

R44

G9

B33

R120

G120

B120

R42

G52

B58

Below is the chart colour sequence. If your chart has more than 12 series‘ you will need to manually colour the additional series.

Westpac Red,

used as the HIGHLIGHT colour

LINES AND ARROWS

Lines are solid black or red, 1.5pt

Arrows are block style to fit text inside, see

‘pullout boxes and arrows’ elements slide

Body – 12pt Arial Regular sentence case

•Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Second Bullet – 12pt Arial Regular

Heading – 14pt Times New Roman Bold

Note – 10pt Arial Regular


Text boxes have 0.0cm margin on all sides

These are your 5 levels of styles.

To move through the different styles, select the text and press

TAB. To return to the previous style, press SHIFT + TAB.

If you are on a blank line, use the Increase or Decrease Indent

buttons on the Home tab

Chart heading text boxes have 0.25cm margin on left

All text is black. No grey text

Use the shapes supplied in the ‘Editable Elements’ section.

Never skew the shape. Resize proportionally in order to keep the

angles of the curves on each side.

To create a longer wave shape, resize proportionally and join

multiple shapes together with aligning and grouping.


E.g. these:



Become:

TEXT

SHAPES

GRID

To show the grid, right click the slide and

select ‘Grids and Guidelines’ > ‘Guides”

Subheading in charts is 10pt bold

Text in charts is 10pt


TABLES

Headings 12pt bold all CAPS

Heading divider line 1.5pt red

All other horizontal lines .75pt grey

Total line same as heading

All text 12pt where possible, reduced

where required to a minimum of 8pt

CHART HEADINGS

The heading box should sit 0.2cm indented from

the top and right side of the chart background box.

1 line heading box = 0.8cm height

2 line heading box = 1.2cm height

Height must remain consistent, width will vary.

Most layouts use a one line heading box, you can

manually paste a two line heading box over this

area. Select from the pre-made options on ‘chart

title text boxes’ slide in the ‘Editable Elements’

section.


NOTE: All content placeholders are adaptable. If a placeholder already contains (for example) a bar chart, this

can be deleted to insert a table, text, image or other content. The template is very flexible. There are a lot of

layout options provided, manipulate them as needed to suit your content but if it’s not looking right, you can

always ‘Reset’ the slide to revert back to the templated layout.

Guides

Notes that are specific to a certain

layout will be placed here

R77

G77

B79

Westpac Grey,

not used in charts

Text inside

13.80 4.80 4.40 0.20 0.20 4.40 4.80 13.80

8.40

7.00

0.40

0.80

8.20

10.00

Divisional colours

Consumer

R228

G26

B18

WIB

R84

G49

B78

BTFG

R0

G175

B215

New Zealand

R175

G38

B22

Business

R139

G15

B9

Westpac primary colours

R177

G189

B197

R247

G161

B157

R251

G154

B144

R233

G172

B214

R212

G212

B212

R199

G160

B193

60% tint colours

Consumer asset quality in good shape

Westpac Group 2018 Interim Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack

Unsecured consumer 90+ day delinquencies (%)

Mortgage loss rates each half (%)

Mortgage 90+ day delinquencies (%)

Mortgage portfolio LVR

1

(%) o

[TRUNCATED]

Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.